FELCOM18-19-Services Manual PDF

SERVICE MANUAL
- INMARSAT-C
MOBILE EARTH STATION
Ku-BAND
- INMARSAT MINI-C VSAT
MOBILE EARTH STATION
MODEL FV-100 18, 19

FELECOM
F-18/19/PC(VMS) Terminal
Ver.01.06 (AMS)
FELCOM 19
FELCOM 18
st
1 Edtion: 2012/11
nd
2 Edition: 2013/05
CONFIDENTIAL for Internal Use Only

This document is only for a service staff of FURUNO products.
Any unauthorized reproduction of any of its content is prohibited.
www.furuno.co.jp
The paper used in this manual
is elemental chlorine free.
・FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer
9-52 Ashihara-cho,
Nishinomiya, 662-8580, JAPAN
All rights reserved. Printed in Japan A : DEC . 2012

C : MAY 10, 2013
Pub. No. SME-56740-C
(NAYO ) FELCOM18/19
0 0 0 1 7 7 4 3 5 1 0
Addenda No. 003 to FS-1575/2575/5075 Service Manual Pub. No. SME56770
Addenda No. 001 to FELCOM 18/19 Service Manual Pub. No. SME56740
No. : FQ5-2013-005 1/2
Date: 2013-02
Information APPROVED BY
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD
SERVICE MANAGEMENT & COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTEN BY
Addenda No. 002 to FELCOM 18/19 Service Manual Pub. No. SME-56740
①
SONAR
FELCOM 18/19 FNR
FNZ
Ver. 01.05 Software Upgrade
URGENCY: At your earliest convenience and at installation, ②
E/S
Symptom FCV
L
(1) IC-218(Terminal Unit)/IC-219(Communication unit) is not communicated with PC by
LAN.
IA
After turning off the power and on it again, IC-218/IC-219 operates normally, but the
③
symptoms may occur
(2) After turning on the power of IC-218, the unit freezes and the only [Esc] key operates. RADAR
After turning off the power and on it again, the symptom is not remedied.
T
EN
Cause
When the power of IC-218/IC-219 is turned on, initialization is interrupted. ④
NAV
Remedy
ID
Upgrade the software of TERMCPU, COMMCPU and PC to Ver. 01.05 as shown in below
table.
NF
Unit Software name Program number Folder name Methods for ⑤

update
IC-218 TERMCPU 1650247-01.05 FELCOM18_V01.05_R1905_S_SD.zip SD card SSB
(16P0283B)
PC 1650240-01.05 FELCOM18_PC_V01.05_R1905.zip PC
CO
IC-219 COMMCPU 1650248-01.05 FELCOM19_V01.05_R1905_S.zip LAN

(16P0282)
⑥
PC 1650241-01.05 FELCOM19_PC_V01.05_R1905.zip PC
FD
FAX
Factory modified sets SU
IC-218
3598-0831, 3598-1004, 3598-1089 to 1091, 3598-1140 to 1142, 3598-1151 and after
IC-219 ⑦
3599-0312 and after
MF
DS
Note: The current Boot software program (version number 1650238-01.03) is installed CI
on the factory modified sets. Refer to Furuno Information FQ5-2013-006. GY
OTHERS
CONFIDENTIAL (internal use only)

This confidential document is used only by FURUNO authorized persons.
It is strictly prohibited to reproduce the document in whole or in part without prior written permission of FURUNO.
2/2
Change to be made:
In “Other Inf.” of SSAS Message Contents, a maximum of 360 characters is able to be
entered.
Note:
1. FELCOM 18, when upgrading the software of TERMCPU (IC-218),
1.1 If IC-218 freezes and the software of the unit is upgraded to Ver. 01.05,
the following log is not saved in each mode.
(When the unit operates normally and is upgraded, the log is saved.)
Normal mode Service mode
Sent Message Log System Log
Received Message Log Sent Report Log
L
1.2 Upgrade the software to the current version by an SD card.
1.3 Copy the following files in the root directory when upgrading the software by an SD
IA
card.
- BOOT.INI - F18TERM.BIN - SDLOADER.BIN
2. How to check the program number of FELCOM 18/19

Refer to Service manual of FELCOM 18/19.
T
EN
Program version number is displayed in the following mode screens.
1. In Diagnostic Test of Service mode,
1.1 Select [F8:Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> “Command Window”.
1.2 Enter JOB No. and Password.
ID
1.3 Select [Options] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test.
2. In Diagnostic Test of Normal mode,

NF
2.1 Select [F7:Option] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test.

2.2 Enter “AZSXDC” while holding down [Ctrl] key.
CO

No. : FQ5-2013-006
Date: 2013-02
Addenda No. 003 to FELCOM 18/19 Service Manual Pub. No. SME-56740 ①
SONAR
FNR
FELCOM 19 FNZ
Remedy for Boot Failure
URGENCY: When symptom occurs and at installation, ②
E/S
FCV
Symptom
L
The power of IC-219 (Communication unit) isn’t sometimes turned on and all LED doesn’t
light up.
IA
After turning off the power and on it again, IC-219 operates normally, but the symptom may ③
occur.
RADAR
Normally, when IC-219 is turned on, the diagnostic test carries out automatically. LED
T
blinks in the order of left to right. The test takes about 30 seconds.
EN
④
NAV
LED
ID
Cause
NF
⑤
When the power of IC-219 is turned on, initialization is interrupted.
SSB
Remedy
CO
Replace with COMMCPU board on which the Boot program (Version number
1650238-01.03) is installed. (Not available to upgrade the Boot program at your side.) ⑥
Name Unit Code number FD

FAX
COMM CPU PCB LESS ID-ROM107 16P0282 IC-219 001-194-120-00 SU
* This board is available from April 2013.
⑦
Factory modified sets
IC-219: 3599-0312 and after MF
DS
CI
GY
Note: The current COMMCPU program (Version number 1650248-01.05) is installed on the
modified board. Refer to Furuno Information FQ5-2013-005. ⑧
OTHERS

No. : FQ5-2013-008
Date: 2013-03
Addenda No. 004 to FELCOM18_19 Service Manual Pub. No. SME-56740

Addenda No. 003 to FM-8900S Service Manual Pub. No. SME-56800 Revised ①
Addenda No. 014 to FS-1575/2575/5075 Service Manual Pub. No. SME-56760 serial No. added SONAR
(Bold) FNR
(March 2013) FNZ
FELCOM 18, FM-8900S, FS-1575/2575/5075, IF-8500

PP-510, Remedy for No Printing ②
E/S
FCV
URGENCY: Units requiring modification (IF-8500: serial number 2319 and before),
at installation
③
Symptom
This information applies to FELCOM 18, FS-1575/2575/5075 (IB-585) connected to RADAR
IF-8500 which has serial number 2319 and before (be produced before May 2008)
and the following symptoms occur.
(1) When FELCOM 18 is connected to the printer PP-510 via IF-8500,
the prints come out incomplete (a part of characters is not printed out clearly.).
④
(2) When FELCOM 18, FM-8900S or IB-585 is connected to PP-510 via IF-8500,
nothing prints out. NAV
Cause
The symptom occurs due to the following causes;
(1) a reduction in output level of BUSY signal, ⑤
(2) CPU malfunction.
SSB
Remedy
Take either the following (A) or (B) remedy.
Remedy (A): ⑥
Replace with IF-8500 having serial number 2320 and after.
FD
Remedy (B): FAX
Modify hardware of IF-8500. Refer to the procedure described in the next page. SU

From production in June 2008. ⑦
IF-8500, which has serial number 2320 and after, does not exhibit the above symptoms.
MF
DS
Refer to Furuno Information FQ8-2008-008. CI
RC-1800F2: 3564-0107 and after GY
OTHERS

2/2
IF-8500, How to Modify Hardware
Following describes the procedure to modify the hardware.

1. Add two resistors (1k-ohm RD-S1TJ102T-52) onto CPU Board as shown in Fig.1.
Name Type Code number
Carbon resistor RD-S1TJ102T-52 000-175-865-10
CPU board R2
CR5
CR8
1 k-ohm resistors, added
Fig.1: 1 k-ohm resistors added
1 k-ohm resistors added,

type: RD-S1TJ102T-52
Fig.2: Diagram of CPU Board
2. Put a short wire between #1 and #2 of J9 at the soldering side (the rear side of CPU
board).
3. Fix six connector jacks to CONNET Board at both sides with M3x15 screws and nuts.
Fix connector jacks to the CONNET board
at both sides with M3x15 screws and nuts.
CPU board
CONNET board
Put a short wire between #1 and #2 of J9

at the soldering side.
Fig. 3: Factory-modified IF-8500 with cover removed
Contents
Contents
Summary
Chapter 1. Overview
1.1 Overview··········································································································1-1
1.1.1 Overview ···································································································1-1
1.1.2 Configuration ·····························································································1-2
1.1.3 Overview of Connection Port ····································································1-3
1. Connection of ADE and BDE ······································································1-3
2. [LAN] port ···································································································1-3
3. [DTE] port (FELCOM 18) ············································································1-3
4. [JUNCTION] port ························································································1-4
5. [D-GPS] port ·······························································································1-4
6. [PRINTER] port ··························································································1-4
1.1.4 Compatibility ·····························································································1-5
1. Compatibility of Antenna unit ······································································1-5
2. Compatibility of BDE board ········································································1-5
1.2 Handling of Alarm ····························································································1-6
Chapter 2. Menu Tree

2.1 Outline of menu operation ···············································································2-1
2.1.1 Menu operation for each Mode ·································································2-1
2.1.2 Settings for each Destination Type····························································2-3
1. Priority: Normal ···························································································2-3
2. Priority: Distress ·························································································2-3
2.2 Menu tree for FELCOM 18 terminal unit ··························································2-4

[Report] menu in SSAS Manager Mode ···························································2-10
2.3 FELCOM 19 Menu Tree················································································· 2-19
Chapter 3. Parts Location

3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18 ···························································································3-1
3.2 BDE: FELCOM 19 ···························································································3-7
3.3 ADE ··············································································································· 3-10
i
Contents
3.4 Other unit ·······································································································3-13

3.4.1 JUNCTION BOX: IC-318········································································· 3-13
3.4.2 DISTRESS ALERT/RECEIVED CALL UNIT: IC-305 ······························· 3-14
3.4.3 ALARM UNIT: IC-306 ·············································································· 3-15
3.4.4 SSAS ALERT UNIT: IC-307····································································· 3-17
Chapter 4. System setup

4.1 Setup Menu ·····································································································4-1
4.1.1 System Setup ····························································································4-1
1. FELCOM 18 ·······························································································4-1
2. FELCOM 19 ·······························································································4-3
3. Handling of EXT Nav Data··········································································4-4
4. Handling of INT Nav Data ···········································································4-6
4.1.2 Outline of Command Window ···································································4-7
4.2 FELCOM 18: Setting IC-305 and IC-306 ·························································4-9

4.2.1 Jumper setting ··························································································4-9
4.2.2 ON/OFF setting ······················································································· 4-10
4.2.3 Testing IC-305 and IC-306 ······································································ 4-11
1. IC-305 ······································································································ 4-11
2. IC-306······································································································· 4-12
4.3 FELCOM 18: Setting IC-350 ··········································································4-12

4.3.1 Setting IC-350 ························································································· 4-12
4.3.2 ON/OFF setting for IC-350 (Command Window) ···································· 4-13
4.3.3 Testing IC-350 ························································································· 4-14
4.4 FELCOM 18, 19 External Alarm Setup ··························································4-15
4.5 FELCOM 18 and 19: Setting SSAS ······························································· 4-17

Points for operation ·························································································· 4-17
4.5.1 Jumper Setting ························································································ 4-19
4.5.2 ON/OFF setting ······················································································· 4-20
4.5.3 SSAS mode ····························································································4-21
1. Entering SSAS Manager Mode ································································4-22
2. Changing the password for entering SSAS Manager Mode ····················· 4-23
4.5.4 Editing the SSAS Report ········································································· 4-25
1. Setting SSAS Report ················································································ 4-25
2. Setting Message Contents ······································································· 4-27
4.5.5 Testing the Alert button on IC-307 ··························································· 4-28
4.5.6 Sending the Test message (executing test mode)··································· 4-30
1. If FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 is connected with the PC terminal ··········· 4-30
2. If PC terminal is not connected with FELCOM 19 ···································· 4-31
2.1) SSAS Standard mode, Russian Mode ···············································4-31
2.2) USCG Mode······················································································· 4-33
ii
Contents
4.6 AMS ··············································································································· 4-35

4.6.1 Overview ································································································· 4-35
1. Overview ·································································································· 4-35
2. Alert announcement and ACK: acknowledgement ···································· 4-35
3. Alert Indication ·························································································· 4-36
4. Category of Alert ······················································································· 4-37
4.6.2 Overview for AMS Settings ····································································· 4-38
1. Menu Tree ································································································ 4-38
2. Alert Mode ································································································ 4-38
3. SFI：ｘｘｘｘｘｘ ······························································································· 4-38
4.6.3 AMS Settings ·························································································· 4-39
4.7 Data Report ·····································································································4-43

4.7.1 Overview ································································································· 4-43
1. Overview ·································································································· 4-44
2. Types of Data Report protocols ································································ 4-44
3. Sharing VMS and LRIT············································································· 4-44
4. Data Report by operating menu································································ 4-45
5. Displaying Data Report············································································· 4-45
4.7.2 Enabling/Disabling DNID········································································· 4-46
4.7.3 VMS setting ·····························································································4-48
1. Setting VMS ON ······················································································· 4-48
2. Setting VMS OFF ····················································································· 4-51
3. Checking the VMS setting ········································································4-53
4. Editing the VMS setting file (reference) ···················································· 4-54
5. Setting E-FORM ······················································································· 4-60
6. Activating E-FORM ··················································································· 4-60
7. Opening E-FORM ····················································································· 4-61
4.7.4 ON/OFF setting for LRIT Mode ·······························································4-63
4.7.5 Checking the operation status of Program Report ·································· 4-65
Chapter 5. Block Description

5.1 Configuration ···································································································5-1
5.1.1 Configuration of the board·········································································5-1
1. FELCOM 18 ·······························································································5-1
2. FELCOM 19 ·······························································································5-2
5.1.2 Major functions of the board······································································5-2
5.2 ADE ·················································································································5-4

5.2.1 Outline of Antenna unit··············································································5-4
5.2.2 Antenna element ·······················································································5-5
5.2.3 ANT RF ·····································································································5-6
5.3 BDE ·················································································································5-8

5.3.1 RF CON ····································································································5-8
iii
Contents
1. Transmit circuit ···························································································5-8

2. Receiving circuit ·························································································5-9
3. PLL circuit ···································································································5-9
5.3.2 TERMCPU: 16P0283B (FELCOM 18) ···················································· 5-11
5.3.3 COMMCPU: 16P0282 (FELCOM 19)······················································ 5-15
5.3.4 TERMPWR: 16P0287B (FELCOM 18) ···················································· 5-17
5.3.5 COMMPWR: 16P0288 (FELCOM 19) ····················································· 5-19
Chapter 6. Updating program

6.1 Summary ·········································································································6-1
1. Procedure for updating program ····································································6-1
2. Program file list ······························································································6-1
3. Notes··············································································································6-1
4. Checking program version ·············································································6-2
6.2 Procedure for updating the program ································································6-4

6.2.1 Updating the program via LAN: Updater ···················································6-4
6.2.2 Updating the program via LAN: upf18term.bat ··········································6-7
6.2.3 Updating program via SD card (FELCOM 18) ···········································6-9
Chapter 7. PC terminal
7.1 Installing PC terminal software ········································································7-1
7.1.1 Installing terminal software to PC ······························································7-2
7.1.2 Uninstalling PC terminal software ·····························································7-4
7.2 Installing VMS PC terminal software································································7-6

7.2.1 Installing VSM PC terminal software ·························································7-7
7.2.2 Uninstalling VMS PC terminal software ·····················································7-9
7.3 Setting up PC terminal and VMS PC terminal ··············································· 7-11

7.3.1 Setting up PC terminal and VMS PC terminal ········································· 7-12
7.3.2 When the IP address of
the Communication unit cannot be determined ···························· 7-14
Chapter 8. Maintenance
8.1 Status monitor ··································································································8-1
8.1.1 Status message·························································································8-2
1. Distress message area ···············································································8-2
2. Communication status area ········································································8-3
3. Login display area ······················································································8-5
4. Area for displaying position ·········································································8-6
5. Message window display ············································································8-6
iv
Contents
6. CAUTION Window······················································································8-7
7. Alert Window ···························································································· 8-12
8.1.2 Items displayed on the Status monitor ···················································· 8-14
Analysis of NG display ················································································ 8-15
8.2 [Option] -> 8. Test ·························································································· 8-19

8.2.1 PV (Performance Verification) TEST ······················································· 8-19
1. PV test sequence ····················································································· 8-19
2. Executing the PV test ··············································································· 8-19
3. Checking PV test result ············································································ 8-20
8.2.2 Diagnostic Test ························································································ 8-22
1. Diagnostic Test display area ·····································································8-23
2. REMOTE BOX display area ····································································· 8-23
3. MAIN STATE display area ········································································8-24
4. STATUS display area ··············································································· 8-25
8.2.3 Distress Button Test (Distress/SSAS Button Test) ··································· 8-26
1. Distress Button Test·················································································· 8-26
2. SSAS Button Test ····················································································· 8-26
8.3 [Options] -> 9.Maintenance (checking Log) ··················································· 8-27

8.3.1 "1. Current Position Log" ········································································· 8-27
8.3.2 "2. System Log"······················································································· 8-30
8.3.3 "3. Term Operation Log" ·········································································· 8-32
8.3.4 "4. Sent Report Log" ··············································································· 8-34
8.3.5 "5. Communication Log" ·········································································· 8-37
8.4 [Options] -> 7. LES Information ·····································································8-40

1. LES ID·········································································································· 8-40
2. Name ··········································································································· 8-40
3. Status ··········································································································· 8-40
4. Services ·······································································································8-41
5. TDM ch ········································································································ 8-41
8.5 Setting of DIP switches ·················································································· 8-42
8.6 Export/Import ·································································································8-43

1. Export··········································································································· 8-46
2. Creating directory and storing data ······························································8-47
3. Import ···········································································································8-49
8.7 Clearing memory ··························································································· 8-50
8.8 Command operation ······················································································ 8-51
8.9 Antenna unit Maintenance ············································································· 8-53
v
Contents
Chapter 9. Q&A
Q1. Is it possible to cut the Antenna coaxial cable? ···············································9-1
Q2. Is there compatibility of Antenna unit between IC-118 and IC-119? ················9-1
Q3. Is there any guideline for compatibility between Antennas?····························9-1
Q4. Are there cautions for replacing the board? ····················································9-1
Q5. Is there difference between FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19? ··························9-1
Q6. Where can the program version are checked? ···············································9-1
Q7. The VMS PC Terminal program cannot be installed on PC.····························9-1
Q8. The program cannot be updated. ····································································9-1
Q9. Connection between PC terminal and Terminal unit cannot be established. ···9-2
Q10. How to re-register IMN ··················································································9-2
Q11. How to check transmission and reception ·····················································9-2

Q12. How to set IC-305, IC-306 and IC-307 ··························································9-2
Q13. What are special operations? ·······································································9-2
Q14. Is there any method to clear memory?··························································9-2
Q15. Is there any method to check whether SSAS is active? ································9-2
Q16. Is Version display of S/W displayed as the Diagnostic Test result?···············9-2
Q17. TX Power Supply and Current Level are not displayed
on STATUS display for the result of Diagnostic Test. Is this failure?········9-2
Q18. Does the 5-digit number displayed
on the System Log have meaning? ·······················································9-3
Q19. Where can the System Log be checked? ·····················································9-3
Q20. Is it possible to Export and Import SSAS setting? ·········································9-3
Q21. Is there setting of DIP SW?···········································································9-3

Q22. Is it possible to use a USB memory? ····························································9-3
Q23. Where does the SSAS unit: IC-307 need to be installed?·····························9-3
Q24. Why is the daisy chain connection used for connecting IC-307? ··················9-3
Q25. Why is the number of units
connected to IC-307 limited to three units? ·············································9-3
Q26. Procedure for setting SSAS ··········································································9-4
Q27. What will happen if the system is turned ON
while SSAS button is set to ON? ·····························································9-4
Q28. Since the password for entering SSAS Manager Mode is changed,
the system cannot enter this mode. ··························································9-4
Q29. What are differences among Standard, USCG and Russia SSAS? ··············9-4
Q30. How to set VMS ····························································································9-4
Q31. How is LRIT set?···························································································9-5

Q32. Is it possible to operate both LRIT and VMS? ···············································9-5
Q33. Is there any method to check operating status of Data Reporting?···············9-5
Q34. What is the difference between Data Report and
Message Report in [Reports] menu?·························································9-5
Q35. Is there any restriction on capacity of the SD card? ······································9-5
Q36. Where can DNID are checked? ····································································9-5
vi
Contents
Q37. Is it possible to loop back the SSAS message? ············································9-5

Q38. Can the result of Diagnostic Test be stored on the SD card? ·······················9-5
Q39. The error message "EEPROM ERROR" appears. ········································9-6
Q40. Although IMN is set for FELCOM 18,
IMN does not appear on the PC terminal. ·················································9-6
Q41. Can IC-315 and IC-318 on Junction Box use commonly? ····························9-6
Q42. Calculation of Frequency from Channel ························································9-6
Appendix 1. Event List
Appendix 2. Specifications
Electrical Parts List

FELCOM 18 (IC-218) ····························································································· E-1
FELCOM 18 (IC-118)······························································································ E-2
FELCOM 19 (IC-219) ····························································································· E-3
FELCOM 19 (IC-119)······························································································ E-4
Drawings
FELCOM 18 Interconnection Diagram: C5674-C01 ··············································· S-1
FELCOM 19 Interconnection Diagram: C5675-C01 ··············································· S-3
FELCOM 18 Schematic Diagram: C5674K01 ························································ S-2
FELCOM 19 Schematic Diagram: C5675K01 ························································ S-4
vii
Summary
Summary
Points to be checked
● No appears any Caution and Warning messages
● Is positioning data displayed properly?
● Is IMN registered?
● Is [Setup] -> System Setup Menu set?
● Is [Distress] menu set?
● Is it registered in ocean region? Login OK?
● Communication Test OK? ** PV Test, Receiving EGC,
TELEX (useful method, by Loopback test for the message)
● Is SSAS set? And carried out SSAS Button Test OK?
● Is VMS set?
● Is AMS set?
● Is LRIT working properly?
● Is S/W version checked?
1. FELCOM 18 drive
A drive: Internal Memory (Flash Memory)
C drive: SD card
2. Brightness adjustment of FELCOM 18

The brightness of the display can be adjusted at 11 levels.
- [Alt] + [F6]: The display becomes darker.
- [Alt] + [F7]: The display becomes brighter.
3. Connection of PC terminal
When connecting PC terminal or VMS PC terminal via LAN, Network setting needs to
be made on PC. For example,
IP address: 172.31.16.10, Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0, Default Gateway: N/A
As for the IP address for the Terminal unit and Communication unit, the following
address is set as default:
172.31.16.2/255.255.0.0
Note)
Note that F18 (19) PC terminal software and VMS F18 (19) PC terminal software
cannot be installed to the same PC.
1
Summary
4. Updating the program

The program is updated from the [LAN] port. As for FELCOM 18, the program can be
updated from the SD card too.
When updating the program by use of "Updater," the program file needs to be placed
under (root) the C drive of the PC. For example, the program may not be updated if the
program file is placed on desktop. When updating the program by use of
"upf18term.bat," the program file can be placed at any position.
As for checking S/W version,
enter Furuno service mode, and then execute [Options] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test.
Table 1. Program type
Program
PC VMS PC Terminal/Comm. unit Terminal/Comm. unit
Terminal Terminal (For LAN) (For SD)
FELCOM 18 3 3 3 3
FELCOM 19 3 3 3 Non
5. Setting commands
Enter a command on [Setup] -> 1.System Setup > Command Window.
[Main Menu]
1. Remote Box Setup
2. External Alarm Setup
Enter JOB No.:
PASSWORD:
5.1 How to enter Service Mode

JOB No. : furunoservice
PASSWORD : felcom18 (felcom19)
5.2 How to enter SSAS Mode

JOB No. : ssas manager
PASSWORD: ship security alert (Common Password: wasuremashita+IMN)
5.3 How to change the SSAS Password

JOB No. : ssas password
2
Summary
5.4 How to cancel the SSAS transmission sequence

JOB No. : ssas manager
PASSWORD: ship security alert
JOB No. : terminate ssas alert
5.5 How to exit from Furuno service mode and SSAS Mode
JOB No. : quit -> Exiting from SSAS Mode or Furuno service mode
JOB No. : quit service -> Exiting from Furuno service mode
JOB No. : quit ssas -> Exiting from SSAS mode
5.6 ON/OFF setting for ALM Buzzer

JOB No. : buzzer on, buzzer off
5.7 ON/OFF setting for LRIT Mode

JOB No. : lrit on
JOB No. : lrit off
JOB No. : lrit Russia
5.8 Checking operation status of VMS Programming

JOB No. : show prog
JOB No. : slcainfo (EPADR Programming)
5.9 Monitoring NMEA data

JOB No. : mon nmea (External GPS data)
mon gps (Internal GPS data)
5.10 Resetting the setting to factory setting

(All Clear: excluding FWD ID/RTN ID/Serial No.)
PASSWORD: felcom18 (felcom19)
JOB No. : clr eeprom
5.11 Initialization of internal memory: A drive

PASSWORD: felcom18 (felcom19)
JOB No. : clr intmem
3
Summary
6. How to access to special setting

6.1 Re-registration of IMN, [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> IMN
Enter "IMN" while pressing and holding down [CTRL] and [ALT] keys.
6.2 Enabling and disabling DNID, [Report] -> 4.Data Network ID

Password: data network id
6.3 Stopping SSAS (Standard Mode, Russia Mode)

Repeating ON/OFF operation of the Alert button on IC-307 within three
seconds
6.4 Password for accessing to VMS, [Report] -> 1.VMS

Password: 123456789
7. Jumper setting
7.1 IC-305, 306
As for IC-305 and IC-306, "Remote Box Setup" needs to be set on Command Window
as well as Jumper setting.
Table 2. Jumper setting
IC-305: 16P0213A IC-306: 16P0213B
DISTRESS RCV-1 RCV-2 RCV-3
JP1 Short Open Open Short
JP2 Short Short Open Open
7.2 IC-307
As for only IC-307 at the end, the JP-2 plug needs to be changed to JP-1.
"Remote Box Setup" needs to be set on Command Window.
8. Transmit and receive test

8.1 Sending the message to the own ship
This test is carried out in order to check whether message is properly received at the
own ship by sending the message to the own ship. This test also checks whether the
registered “IMN” is correct or not.
4
Summary
Procedure)
1) Create an appropriate message at [File] -> 1: New.
2) Make the following setting in [Transmit] -> 1: Transmit Message.
- Priority: Normal
- Destination Type: TELEX/MES
- Country/Ocean Code: TELEX ocean region number
POR: 582, IOR: 583, AOR-W: 584, AOR-E: 581
- Station ID: IMN of own ship
- LES ID: Select LES.
- Option
-Confirmation: ON
-Send Delay: 00:00
-Delivery Delay: Immediate
-Code: IA5
3) Move the cursor to "Transmit" and then press [Enter] key.
4) Select "YES" and then press [Enter] key to start transmitting.
5) This test is OK if the same message is received after 5 to 10 minutes.
8.2 Loopback Test

This is the Loopback LES which is checking this test is KDDI.
In other LES(s), QBF MSG is receivable. It is dependent on service of LES.
Procedure)
1) Create an appropriate message at [File] -> 1: New.
2) Make the following setting in [Transmit] -> 1: Transmit Message.
- Priority: Normal
- Destination Type: Special
- Destination: 91
- LES ID: Select LES.
- Option
-Confirmation: ON
-Send Delay: 00:00
-Delivery Delay: Immediate
-Code: IA5
3) Move the cursor to "Transmit" and then press [Enter] key.
4) Select "YES" and then press [Enter] key to start transmitting.
5) This test is OK if the same message is received after 5 to 10 minutes.
Reference)
If the message is not properly received, check "Delivery" at [Logs] -> 1.Sent
Messages. The reason why the message cannot be received can be checked.
5
Summary
9. Special operation of PP-510

- Turning the system on while pressing and holding down [LF]: All characters are
printed.
- Turning the system on while pressing and holding down [NLQ]: Printer settings are
printed.
10. Replacing the board

When replacing FELCOM 18: TERMCPU board (16P0283B) and FELCOM 19:
COMMCPU board (16P0282), original EEPROM of these boards need to be used. Data,
such as RWD ID/RTN ID/Serial No./DNID/ENID/SSAS/VMS, and System settings are
stored on the EEPROM.
Also, when these boards are replaced, all items need to be set again.
EEPROM
EEPROM
FELCOM 19: COMM CPU(16P0282) FELCOM 18: TERM CPU(16P0283B)
6
Summary
Table 3. Action after replacing unit and board
Unit/ board FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19 Action

ANT UNIT IC-118 IC-119 Operation check
Replacing EEPROM and
TERMINAL UNIT IC-218
resetting
COMM. UNIT IC-219
resetting
ALARM UNIT IC-306 Jumper setting
DIS/RCVED CALL
IC-305 Jumper setting
UNIT
SSAS ALERT UNIT IC-307 IC-307 Jumper setting
JUNCTION BOX IC-318 IC-318 Operation check
KEY BOARD 5139U Operation check
Check the AC input power
AC/DC PWR PR-240 PR-240
supply setting
Printer PP-510 Operation check
RF CON 16P0284A 16P0284B Operation check
TERMCPU 16P0283B
resetting
COMMCPU 16P0282
resetting
TERMPWR 16P0287B Operation check
COMMPWR 16P0288 Operation check
PWR C 16P0214A 16P0277B Operation check
SD USB 16P0289 Operation check
SW 16P0294 Operation check
LCD 3 Operation check
Incorporating in
16P0246
GPS Receiver RF CON Operation check
(GN-8097D)
(GN-8097D)
SD card Formatting is required.
11. Cancelling Distress Alert

The priority message (Priority: Distress) is sent to the appropriate RCC via the LES
from which the Distress Alert was transmitted.
Example of Canceling Distress Alert Message;
NAME, CALLSIGN, ID NUMBER, POSITION

Cancel my INMARSAT-C distress
Alert of DATE, TIME UTC.
=Master+
7
Summary
Reference) Non-delivery notification failure codes

ABS Absent subscriber. The mobile terminal is not logged-in to the ocean region.
ACB Access barred.
ADR Addressee refuses to accept message.
ANU Deleted. The message has not been delivered within an hour and is therefore deleted.
ATD Attempting to deliver the message.
BK Message aborted. Is used when a fax or PSTN-connection is cleared abnormally.
BUS Busy.
CCD Call cut or disconnected.
CI Conversation impossible.
CIE The CES ran out of processing/communications capacity to process your message.
CNS Call not started.
DTE Data terminal equipment.
Used when an X.25 subscriber has cleared the connection during the call attempt.
ERR Error.
FAU Faulty.
FMT Format error.
FSA Fast select acceptance not subscribed.
IAB Invalid answerback from destination.
IAM Was unable to process the address information in the following message:
IDS Invalid data from ship.
IDT Input data timeout
IFR Invalid facility request.
IMS Message size is invalid, 7932 characters maximum.
IND Incompatible destination.
INH Was unable to establish the type of message from following header.
INV Invalid.
ISR Invalid ship request.
LDE Maximum acceptable message length or duration has been exceeded.
LEF Local equipment failure.
LPE Local procedure error.
MBB Message broken by higher priority.
MCC Message channel congestion.
MCF Message channel failure.
MKO Message killed by operator.
MSO Machine switched off.
NA Correspondence with this subscriber is not admitted.
NAL No address line is present.
NC No circuits.
NCH Subscriber’s number has been changed.
NDA There was no delivery attempt.
NFA No final answerback.
NIA No initial answerback.
NOB Not obtainable.
NOC No connection.
NP No party. The called party is not, or is no longer, a subscriber.
NTC Network congestion.
8
Summary
OAB Operator aborted.

OCC Subscriber is occupied.
OOO Out of order.
PAD Packet assembler/disassembler.
PRC Premature clearing.
PRF Protocol failure.
RCA Reverse changing acceptance not subscribed.
REF There was a failure in the remote equipment.
RLE Resource limit exceeded.
RPE Remote procedure error.
RPO RPOA out of order.
SCC Call completed successfully.
SHE MES hardware error.
SNF The satellite network has failed.
SPE MES protocol error.
SUC Test results being delivered.
TBY Trunks busy.
TGR TDM group reset.
TIM Timeout.
TMD Too many destinations.
UNK Unknown. Is used when no other failure code are suitable.
WFA Wrong final answerback.
WIA Wrong initial answerback.
9
Chapter 1. Overview
1.1 Overview
1.1 Overview
1.1.1 Overview
FELCOM 18 and 19 are successors to FELCOM 15 and 16, and equipment
configuration and operation are similar to those of FELCOM 15 and 16.
Both equipments are compliant with SSAS, VMS and LRIT function.
A setup of VMS is performed using VMS PC terminal.
- VMS_FELCOM18_PC_V01.xx_Rxxxx
- VMS_FELCOM19_PC_V01.xx_Rxxxx
FELCOM 18 is successor to FELCOM 15 and Class-2 Inmarsat-C system for
GMDSS ship.
FELCOM 19 is successor to FELCOM 16 and Class-2 Mini-C system for Non-GMDSS
ship. This equipment is installed in ships, such as pleasure boat, yacht and fishing boat,
as Communication equipment. This equipment is also used as equipment for SSAS,
VMS and LRIT function.
Table 1.1.1 Comparison between FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19
Item FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19

EIRP 12 to 16 dBW 7 to 16 dBW
G/T –23.0 dB/K -23.7 dB/K
12 to 24VDC 12 to 24VDC
Power Supply
(Tx: 8.0-4.0A, Rx: 1.0-0.5A) (Tx: 3.8-1.9A, Rx: 0.8-0.4A)
Antenna Unit IC-118: φ 156xH258 1.4 kg IC-119: φ 156xH258 1.4 kg
I C-218: 270H x 320W x 139D 4.0 kg
Terminal Unit TLX terminal, Communication control (IC-219: 42H x 210W x 160D 1.2 kg)
(Communication Control part integrated type Connection with terminal PC is
Unit) Connection with terminal PC (2nd DTE) available.
is available.
Printer PP-510, PP-520 (Centronics) PC Printer
IC-305:
Distress Alert None
Distress Alert/Received Call Unit
IC-350 (sharing connection with IC-305
Alarm Unit None
is not available.)
Alarm Unit IC-306 None
SSAS Alert Unit IC-307: SSAS Alert Unit x 3set (Max) IC-307: SSAS Alert Unit x 3set (Max.)
AC/DC Power Supply Unit PR-240 PR-240
Junction Box IC-318: JUNCTION BOX IC-318: JUNCTION BOX
[DTE] Port Not Used None
10/100 Base-T 10/100 Base-T
[LAN] Port
(for connection with terminal PC) (for connection with terminal PC)
[USB] Port Dedicated port for Key board None
[D-GPS] Port Available None
GPS INT: Option: GN-8097D, EXT INT: Standard built-in (GN-8097D), EXT
External Connection
SD card None
Memory
1-1
1.1 Overview
1.1.2 Configuration
ADE and BDE are connected by use of the coaxial cable. External units connection are
connected via JUNCTION BOX.
IC-118
FURUNO Antenna Unit
TNC
5D-FB-CV: 30m
8D-FB-CV: 50m Co-x
12D-SFA-CV: 100m
TNC ANT
PWR
12 - 24VDC LAN PC
LAN
HUB
100 - 220VAC RJ45
PR-240 AMS
Backup 24VDC AC/DC Power IC-218 PRINTER
Supply Unit 24VDC
Terminal Unit
Key board
PP-510
Printer
Key board 25pin D-sub
USB JUNCTION
15pin D-sub
Max. 3 set
TTYCSLA-1 TTYCSLA-4
EPFS
or O-0.2x2P or CO-0.2x5P IC-307 IC-307 IC-307
SSAS Alert Unit SSAS Alert Unit SSAS Alert Unit
IC-318 TTYCSLA-4
or CO-0.2x5P IC-306
Junction Box Alarm Unit
Alarm Contact Signal
TTYCSLA-4
or CO-0.2x5P IC-305 or IC-350
Distress Alert/ Alarm Unit
Received Call Unit
Fig. 1.1.1 Configuration Diagram of FELCOM 18
IC-119
FURUNO Antenna Unit
TNC
5D-FB-CV: 30m
8D-FB-CV: 50m Co-x
12D-SFA-CV: 100m
TNC ANT
PWR
IC-219 LAN PC
12 - 24VDC LAN
Communication unit HUB
RJ45
JUNCTION AMS
15pin D-sub
100 - 220VAC PR-240
AC/DC Power 2m
Supply Unit 24VDC
TTYCSLA-1
or O-0.2x2P
EPFS
IC-318 Max. 3 set
Alarm Contact Signal Junction Box TTYCSLA-4
or CO-0.2x5P IC-307 IC-307 IC-307
SSAS Alert Unit SSAS Alert Unit SSAS Alert Unit
Fig. 1.1.2 Configuration Diagram of FELCOM 19
1-2
1.1 Overview
1.1.3 Overview of Connection Port

1. Connection of ADE and BDE
IC-118/119 and IC-218/219 are connected by use of the coaxial cable.
This coaxial cable includes 1.5 GHz receiving RF signal, 1.6 GHz transmitting RF
signal, 1575.42 MHz receiving GPS RF signal and the power supplied to the Antenna
unit. The transmitting voltage is +28 V (+27 V) and the receiving voltage is +7 V.
The loss of the coaxial cable is estimated between 2 and 12 dB at 1.6 GHz band. Select
the specified cable according to length.
Since transmission excess input protection circuit (limiter) is built in the ANT RF
circuit in the Antenna unit, it is possible to shorten the length of the specified cable.
FELCOM 18: 12 to 16 dBw

-148 to -136dBW/m2
ADE
-> RX RF: 1537.0 to 1544.2 MHz BDE
<- TX RF: 1626.5 to 1646.5 MHz
<- Tx: 28V/Rx: 7 V (FELCOM 18)
5D-FB-CV: 30 m
Tx RF In: -2 to +13 dBm 8D-FB-CV: 50 m
Rx RF Out: - 106.2 to - 82.6 dBm 12D-SFA-CV: 100 m
Tx RF Out: 10 to 15 dBm
Rx RF In: -88 to -118 dBm
Fig. 1.1.3 Connection of ADE and BDE
2. [LAN] port
By connecting the PC terminal on FELCOM 18, 19 to the [LAN] port, TELEX
communication and updating program can be carried out.
Also, VMS PC terminal needs to be connected when setting VMS.
Note that PC terminal software and VMS PC terminal software cannot be installed on
the same PC.
3. [DTE] port (FELCOM 18)

This port is not used. The specification of the input/output signal is RS-232C.
1-3
1.1 Overview
4. [JUNCTION] port
[JUNCTION] port is connected to IC-305, -306, -307, -350, NAV data and Alarm
system via JUNCTION BOX: IC-318.
1) IC-305 and IC-306 are connected to the same connection terminal in parallel and
each unit needs to be set for identification (jumper setting). Furthermore, ON/OFF
setting for each unit is made in "Command Window." IC-350 and IC-305 cannot
be connected simultaneously.
2) A maximum of three units can be connected to IC-307. Daisy chain connection is
adopted for the connection method and each unit needs to be set for identification
(jumper setting). Furthermore, SSAS needs to be set on "Command Window."
3) NAV data accepts NAV data of 4800 bps and 38.4 kbps. The sentence includes
GLL, GSN, GGA, WPL, VTG, RMA, RMB, RMC, MTW, DBT, BWC, BWR,
VDR, VDO and ZDA.
5. [D-GPS] port
The D-GPS decoder is connected to this port. BNC-type connector is used for this
connector.
The output signal, 1537.0 MHz to 1544.2 MHz is output at the level of 50 Ω, -96 to
-110 dBm.
6. [PRINTER] port
Centronics conformance printer (PP-510 or PP-520) is connected to this port.
1-4
1.1 Overview
1.1.4 Compatibility
1. Compatibility of Antenna unit
Antenna unit of different models cannot be used. Performance of the Antenna unit is not
guaranteed.
However, Antenna unit of difference models can be connected according to
combinations in the following table in order to determine whether ADE or BDE is out
of order for maintenance service. However, note that there is no guarantee for EIRP.
Also, be sure to use the Antenna coaxial cable having the standard length for the model
when connecting an Antenna unit of different models. For example, when connecting
the Antenna unit: IC-115 of FELCOM 15 to FELCOM 18, IC-115 or the power supply
board may break if the cable length is shorter than the specified coaxial cable length.
Table 1.1.2 Combination of antenna
ADE Antenna unit to be connected

FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19 FELCOM 15 FELCOM 16
BDE (IC-118) (IC-119) (IC-115) (IC-116)
FELCOM 18 OK OK OK OK
FELCOM 19 NG Note1) OK NG Note1) OK
Note2) Note2)
FELCOM 15 NG NG OK OK
Note1) Note2) Note1)
FELCOM 16 NG NG NG OK
Note1) There is a possibility that a PWR board may break.

Note2) There is a possibility that a power may not be turned on.
Table 1.1.3 Voltage supplied to Antenna unit and RF level
Tx V Rx V RF CON Tx Out ANT RF Tx In

FELCOM 18 28 V 7V +10 to +15 dBm +13 to -2 dBm
FELCOM 19 27 V 7V +10 to +15 dBm +13 to -2 dBm
FELCOM 15 29 V 7V +14 ± 2 dBm +3 ± 3 dBm
FELCOM 16 29 V 7V +14 ± 2 dBm +3 ± 3 dBm
2. Compatibility of BDE board

There is no compatibility between the board built in IC-218 and the board built in
IC-219.
1-5
1.2 Handling of Alarm
1.2 Handling of Alarm

Table 1.2.1 Alarm output conditions
MSG DIS ACK EGC MSG reception Alarm when detecting

Unit
reception reception DIS URG SAF/Routine "TROUBLE"
IC-218 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes
IC-305 No Yes Yes Yes No No
IC-306 Yes No No No No Yes
Table 1.2.2 Difference of the alarm between IC-305 and IC-306
Unit Status LED Buzzer

Normal Lights out OFF
IC-305 Distress button: ON ON/OFF every 100ms ON/OFF every 100 ms
(Distress) Activation of Distress Lighting ON
Receiving Distress ACK 1.2S ON, 0.3S OFF 1.2S ON, 0.3S OFF
ALM ACK SW ON ON while pressing ON while pressing
IC-305 EGC: After receiving
1.2S ON, 0.3S OFF 1.2S ON, 0.3S OFF
(ALM DIS and URG
ACK) EGC: After receiving
DIS and URG 0.1S ON, 1.9S OFF 0.1S ON, 1.9S OFF
ALM ACK SW ON
ALM RESET SW ON ON while pressing ON while pressing
After receiving the
0.6s ON, 0.6s OFF 0.6s ON, 0.6s OFF
message
After receiving the
IC-306
message Lights out OFF
ALM RESET SW ON
When detecting ALM 1S ON, 2S OFF 1S ON, 2S OFF
After detecting ALM
0.1S ON, 1.9S OF F 0.1S ON, 1.9S OFF
ALM RESET SW ON
Table 1.2.3 Operation for stopping alarm
Unit Reset SW Operation

IC-218 [F10]: Stop Alarm Alarms of all units are stopped.
ALARM ACK
IC-305 The alarm period is changed.
(Receiving EGC)
- When receiving message:
Only the alarm of the unit which reset switch is
pressed is stopped.
IC-306 ALARM RESET
- When detecting TROUBLE and WARNING:
Only the alarm of the unit which reset switch is
pressed is changed its alarm period.
1-6
Chapter 2.1
2.Outline
Menu of menu Tree
operation
2.1 Outline of menu operation

2.1.1 Menu operation for each Mode
3 : Menu exists
X : Menu exists, but inoperable
- : No menu and no access right
Access level: Access level of operable menu
Table 2.1.1 Menu operation for each Mode
Unit Access level

Function Menu-1 Menu-2 F18 F19 Ser-
F18 User VMS SSAS
PC PC vice
1. New 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2. Open 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3. Close 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4. Save 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5. Delete 3 x x 3 3 3 3
F1:
File
6. Rename 3 x x 3 3 3 3
7. Print 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
8. Print Setting - - 3 3 3 3 3
8. Remove SD Card 3 x - 3 3 3 3
9. MIME (Decode) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
0. Format SD 3 x - 3 3 3 3
F2: 1.Cut to
Edit 9.Change Window
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1. Transmit Message 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
F3:
2. Cancel 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3. Request Delivery
Transmit
Status
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4. E-FORM - - 3 3 3 3 3
1. Display EGC
F4: Message
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EGC
2. EGC Network ID 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1. Data Report 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
F5: 2. Message Report 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Reports 3. Enhanced
Pre-Assigned Data 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
See Report(EPADR)
page 2-3 4. Data Network ID 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5. SSAS Report 3 3 3 - - 3 -
1. Send Message Log
F6:
Logs
to 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4. Communication Log
2-1
Unit Access level

F18 User VMS SSAS
PC PC vice
1. Position 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
2. Log in 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
3. Log out 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
4. Abort 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
5. Select NCS 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
6. Ocean Region 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
7. LES Information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1. PV Test 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
2. PV Test Result 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3. Diagnostics Test 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
F7: 4. Distress Alert
Option 8. Test
Button Test
3 x - 3 3 3 3
4. Distress/SSAS Alert
Button Test
3 x - - - 3 -
4. SSAS Button test - - 3 - - 3 -
1. Current Position Log 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2. System Log 3 3 3 - - - 3
9. Maintenance
3. Term Operation Log 3 3 3 - - - 3
4. Sent Report Log 3 3 3 - - - 3
5. Communication
Log
3 3 3 - - - 3
0. Alert 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
System Date
& Time
3 x 3 3 3 3 3
IMN 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
MES Operation Mode 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
Nav Port 3 x x 3 3 3 3
LAN Port 3 x x 3 3 3 3
1. System Setup Message Output Port 3 x x 3 3 3 3
EGC Output Port 3 x x 3 3 3 3
Network Setup:
Network
3 x 3 3 3 3 3
F8:
Network Setup:
Setup
Mail Gateway
3 x - 3 3 3 3
Cont’d Command Window 3 - 3 3 3 3 3
2. Editor Setup 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Data Disp. Form 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Screen Saver 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3. Terminal Setup
Window Color 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Connection - 3 3 3 3 3 3
4. EGC Setup 3 - 3 3 3 3 3
5. Auto Mode Setup 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6. E-Mail Setup 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
7. Directories 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2-2
Unit Access level

F18 User VMS SSAS
PC PC vice
1. Station List 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2. LES List 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
F8: 3. EGC Channel List 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
Setup
8. Configuration 4. NCS Channel List 3 x 3 3 3 3 3
5. E-Mail /SMS
Service List
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6. Export/Import 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
F9:
Distress
3 x - 3 3 3 3
F10:
Stop 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Alarm
Note)
As for VMS Fxx PC terminal, "0.VMS Mode" is added to [Reports] menu.
2.1.2 Settings for each Destination Type

1. Priority: Normal
Table 2.1.2 Settings for each Destination Type
Destination Prefix Country/ Desti- Modem Attach LES

Address Subject
Type Code Ocean Code nation Type File ID
TELEX/MES 3 3 3
FAX 3 3 3 3
E-Mail 3 3 3 3
SMS 3 3
PSDN 3 3 3
X400 3
DNID 3
Special 3 3
TELEX/MES
(Prefixed)
3 3 3 3
FAX (Prefixed) 3 3 3 3 3
PSDN (Prefixed) 3 3 3 3
X400 (Prefixed) 3
DNID (Prefixed) 3
Special(Prefixed) 3 3
2. Priority: Distress
Only LES ID is selectable. Other settings are fixed to TEXL/MES.
2-3
2.2 Menu tree for FELCOM 18 terminal unit

Factory-default is screened in the table. Also, ( ) indicates shortcut operation in File and Edit menus.
Table 2.2.1 FELCOM 18 menu tree
Function Menu-1 Menu-2 Menu-3 Menu-4 Menu-5 Remarks

1.New (Alt + N)
2.Open(Alt + O)
3.Close (Alt + Q) Available while the Edit window
4.Save (Alt + S) is open
5.Delete (Alt + D) Select file
F1: 6.Rename Select file
File 7.Print (Alt + P) Select file
Yes
8.Remove SD Card
No
9.MIME (Decode) Select file
Yes
0.Format SD
No
1.Cut (DEL)
2.Copy (Alt + C)
3.Paste (INS)
4.Insert(with Citation) Select file
5.Select All (Alt + A)
F2: Search Word Select word
Search Start?
Edit 1.Search (Alt + F) Forward The Edit menu is available while
Direction Yes/No
Back the Edit window is open.
Cont’d Search Word Select word
6.Serch or Replace Replace Word Enter Replace Word
Forward Replace Start?
2.Replace (Alt + R) Direction
Back Yes/No
Query
Query or All
All
2-4
1.Top of Text (HOME)

7.Go to Line 2.End of Text (END)
3.Go to Line Line No. Enter Line No.
F2:
1.Time Time and Position are inserted in
Edit 8.Time or Pos. Ins.
2.Position MSG.
9.Change Window The window can be toggled when 2
(Alt + V) Edit windows are open.
Normal Message File and LES ID are
Priority selectable while "Distress" is selected.
Distress
Select file This menu is used to select a file.
Message File Information of the Edit window that
Message now being edited Size xx is being open
Registration of Station List: F8: Setup
Station Name Select Station -> 8. Configuration -> 1.Station List
TELEX/MES
FAX
E-Mail
SMS
F3: 1. Transmit PSDN
Transmit Message X400
DNID
Cont’d Cont’d Special
Destination Type TELEX/MES(Prefixed)
FAX (Prefixed)
Cont’d PSDN (Prefixed)
X400 (Prefixed)
DNID (Prefixed)
Special(Prefixed)
Available when
- TELEX/MES Prefixed,
Prefix code Enter 2 digits: - FAX Prefixed and
- PSDN Prefixed
are selected in Destination Type.
2-5
Available when “TELEX/MES, FAX

and PSDN” are selected in
Country/ Enter “Destination Type”
Ocean Code max. 4 digits Note) Prefixed of the
aforementioned Destination
Type is included.
Available when “TELEX/MES, FAX,
PSDN, DNID” are Special are
Enter selected in “Destination Type”
Destination
max. 15 digits: Note) Prefixed of the
aforementioned Destination
Type is included.
T30 FAX
F3: V21 V.21 300bps Duplex
1. Transmit
Transmit Destination Type V22 V.22 1200bps Duplex
Message
V22B V.22bis 2400bps Duplex
Cont’d V23 V.23 600/1200bps
Cont’d Available when “FAX” and “FAX
Modem Type
V26B V.26bis 2400/1200bps (Prefixed)” are selected in
V26T V.26ter 2400bps Duplex “Destination Type”
V27T V.27ter 4800/2400bps
V32 V.32 9600bps Duplex
Other
Enter
Available when “E-Mail” and “SMS”
Address E-mail Address:
are selected in “Destination Type”
max. 60 char.
Enter Subject:
Subject Available when “E-Mail” is selected
max. 60 char.
in “Destination Type”
Attach File Select Attach file
This menu is disabled if “DNID” is
LES ID Select LES Select LES
selected in “Destination Type”.
2-6
ON
Confirmation
OFF
Send Delay Enter 00:00 - 99:59
Immediate
Option Delivery Delay
1. Transmit Deferred
Message IA5
F3: Code ITA2
Transmit DATA
Yes
Transmit
No
Select Transmitted Yes
2. Cancel
Message No
3. Request Delivery Select Transmitted Yes
Status Message No
Ctrl + P: Print
1. Display EGC Ctrl + S: Save This menu is used to display EGC
F4:
Message <-: Previous MSG.
EGC
->: Next
2. EGC Network ID
OFF
ON: Enhanced Data
Status
Report
ON: Usual Data Report
Position Only
F5:
1. Data Report 1. Data Report Position and
Reports
Course/Speed
Report Length
Cont’d Cont’d Position and
Cont’d
Curse/Speed with SEA
INF
DNID
Information of the “DNID” selected
Destination LES ID
at “Destination” appears.
Member No.
2-7
Regular Interval
Activation
Daily
Interval Time Enter 00:00 - 99:59 These menus need to be set when
Enter 1-999 “Regular Interval” is selected at
Report Times
1. Data Report No Limit “Activation”.
Start Time 1 Enter 00:00 – 24:00
1. Data Report
Start Time 2 Enter 00:00 – 24:00 These menus need to be set when
Start Time 3 Enter 00:00 – 24:00 “Daily” is selected at “Activation”.
2. Data Report
3. Data Report Same as "1. Data Report"
4. Data Report
(Enter PIN code:
PIN Code
max. 8 char.)
ON
F5: Status
OFF
Reports
Registration of Station List: F8:
Cont’d Station Name Select Station Setup -> 8. Configuration ->
1.Station List
Destination Type
Prefix code
2. Message Report 1. Message Report Country/Ocean
Code
Same as "F3: Transmit"
Cont’d Cont’d Destination
Refer to 2-5 and 2-6.
Modem Type
Address
Subject
LES ID
Regular Interval
Activation
Daily
These menus need to be set when
Enter time:
Interval Times “Regular Interval” is selected at
00:00 - 99:59
“Activation”.
2-8
Enter times:
Report Times 1 – 999
No Limit
Start Time 2 Enter 00:00 – 24:00 These menus need to be set when
Start Time 3 Enter 00:00 – 24:00 “Daily” is selected at “Activation”.
1. Message Report Start Time 4
NAV
2. Message Report
NAV + SEA INF
Report Contents
NAV(R)
FILE
Available when “FILE” is selected
File Select File
at “Report Contents”
2. Message Report
3. Message Report Same as "1. Message Report"
4. Message Report
F5:
ON
Reports Status
OFF
Position Only
Position and Course/Speed
Report Length
Position and Course/Speed
and SEA INF
1. EPADR 1 DNID
3. Enhanced Information of the “DNID” selected
Destination LES ID
Pre-Assigned Data at “Destination” appears.
Member No.
Report(EPADR)
15/30min,
Activation Interval Time
1/2/3/4/6/8H
(Regular Interval)
Report Times (0001-7000)
Requested by MES This menu is fixed to “MES”.
2. EPADR 2
3. EPADR 3 Same as "1. EPADR 1"
4. EPADR 4
4. Data Network ID
2-9
[Report] menu in SSAS Manager Mode
Remove
Status ON
TEST
Real + Test
Mode Real Only
Test Only
Registration of Station List: F8: Setup
Station Name Select Station -> 8. Configuration -> 1.Station List
1. SSAS Report 1 Destination Type
Prefix code
Country/Ocean Code
Destination Same as "F3: Transmit"
Modem Type Refer to 2-5 and 2-6.
Address
Subject SSAS ALART REPORT
F5: LES ID
5. SSAS Report Report Interval 00:00 – 99:59
Reports
2. SSAS Report 2
3. SSAS Report 3
Same as "1. SSAS Report"
4. SSAS Report 4
5. SSAS Report 5
Vessel Name max. 30 char.
MMSI max. 9 digits
IMN max. 9 digits
IMO max. 9 digits
Other Inf. max. 360 char.
6. Message Contents LAT xx:xx.xxN(S)
LON xxx:xx.xxE(W)
Time mm/dd/yyyy/hh:mm:ss (UTC)
Automatic input
COURSE xxx deg
SPEED xx kn
Time mm/dd/yyyy/hh:mm:ss (UTC)
2-10
1. Send Messages Select Transmitted Message

F6: 2. Receive Messages Select Received Message
Logs 3. EGC Messages Select EGC Message
4. Communication Log Display Communication Log
Input of Position: NMEA >
1. Position LAT/LON/Update Time
Manual
Yes
2. Log in
No
Yes
3. Log out
No
Yes
4. Abort
No
AOR (WEST) NCS Channel List: ID, FREQ.
AOR (EAST) AOR-W: 044/11080
5. Select NCS POR AOR-E: 144/12580
F7: POR: 244/12580
Option IOR IOR: 344/10840
Yes
Cont’d Auto
No
Yes
West-Atlantic
No
Yes
6. Ocean Region East-Atlantic
No
Yes
Pacific
No
Yes
Indian
No
LES ID/Name/Status/
7. LES Information
Services/TDM ch.
2-11
Yes
1.PV Test
No
2.PV Test Result Display Result
Yes
3.Diagnostics Test
No
8. Test Normal Mode
4.Distress Alert Yes
Setting varies depending on
Button Test
F7: “Normal Mode “and “SSAS
SSAS manager Mode
Option Manager Mode”.
4. Distress/SSAS No
Button Test
1. Current Position Log
2. System Log
9. Maintenance 3. Term Operation Log Available when logging in “Service
4. Sent Report Log Mode”
0. Alert Display Alert MSG at present
System Date & Time Indication only
IMN Enter IMN Re-enter)[ALT]+[Ctrl] -> “IMN”
INMARSAT-C
MES Operation Mode
EGC
OFF
EXT
Nav Port
INT
F8:
1. System Setup AUTO
Setup
ON
LAN Port
Cont’d OFF
Cont’d
INT
EXT
Message Output Port
INT+LAN
AUTO
INT
EGC Output Port LAN Available when LAN port is "ON"
INT+LAN
2-12
IP Address 172.31.16.2
Subnet Mask 255.255.0.0
Network ON
DHCP: ON/OFF
OFF
Gateway
SMTP Enable IP Address
Send Limit Size(KB) 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 32
UUENCODE
Attach
BINARY
Network Setup PC Mailer
Delivery To
Server
Server IP
Mail Gateway
FIXED Available when “Server” is
Address Mode
Auto selected at “Delivery To”
Mail Address
F8:
1. System Setup Available when Server is
Setup
Auto Delivery selected at “Delivery To” and
Cont’d Keyword “Auto” is selected at “Address
Cont’d
Mode”
1. OFF
2. IC-307 (Standard SSAS)
1.SSAS 3. IC-307 (Russian SSAS)
Command Window 4. SSAS (Momentary SW)
5. EXT
JOB: ON
2. IC-305
furunoservice 1. Remote Box OFF
Password: Setup ON
3. IC-306 No.1
felcom18 OFF
ON
Cont’d 4. IC-306 No.2
OFF
ON
5. IC-306 No.3
OFF
E: EXT
2-13
1. Distress Message
2. Distress EGC
2 External Alarm
3. Urgent EGC
Setup
4. Unit Fault
E: Exit
1. Legacy AMS mode OFF
Setting Terminate DIS Alarm sound
1. Mode Setup 2. AlertIF1 1．Distress Alert Stop Enable
1. System Setup Command Window
2．Distress Alert Stop Disable
E: Exit
3. AMS Setup CS0000 ～ 9998 (ID No. of F18_19)
2. MY SFI Setup
(CS: felcom18_19)
II0000 ～ 9998 (ID No. of AMS)
3. AMS SFI Setup
(II: AMS)
F8: 4. Error Log Appears number of Error in packet
Setup E: Exit
Telex
Text Mode
Cont’d Ascii
Insert
Edit Mode
Overwrite
ON
Word Wrap
OFF Available when the Edit window is
ON closed
Line No.
OFF
2. Editor Setup
2 Char Column Width:
Tab Wide 4 Char Available when “Ascii” is selected in
8 Char “Text Mode”
Column Width 40 - 80
Block
Cursor Type
Underline
Full Screen
Scroll
Half Screen
2-14
YY – MM - DD
Date Disp. Form MMM - DD - YY
DD - MMM - YY
ON
Screen Saver
OFF
Select Preset 1, 2, 3
3. Terminal Setup
Yes
Load Default
No
Window Color Window
Fore Color Menus are toggled by using [<] and [>]
Edit Color
Back Color keys.
Brightness
Additional
Enter one pos.
Position
Navarea(s)/
Enter area:max. 9
Receive EGC Area Metarea(s)
Fixed Area
Waypoint(from ON
NAV Equipment) OFF
Station Code A-Z
ON
Ice Report
F8: OFF
Setup ON
4. EGC Setup Meteo. forecasts
OFF
Cont’d ON
Pilot service
OFF
Type of Message
Coastal Warnings ON
(Can’t reject other LORAN message
OFF
report)
ON
SATNAV message
OFF
ON
Other navaid msg
OFF
ON
QRU(no message)
OFF
2-15
Auto Communication ON
Log Print OFF
ON
Receive Alarm
OFF
5. Auto Mode Setup
Auto Receive ON
Message Save OFF
Cont’d
Auto Receive ON
Message Print OFF
Data Report & ON
Polling Print OFF
ON
System
OFF
F8: ON
FleetNET
Setup Auto EGC Message OFF
Save SafetyNET ON
Cont’d (Safety) OFF
SafetyNET ON
5. Auto Mode Setup
(Urgent & Distress) OFF
ON
System
OFF
Auto EGC Message ON
FleetNET
Print OFF
SatetyNET ON
(Safety) OFF
6. E-Mail Setup Select station LES used in “E-Mail” is selected.
Message Directory
7. Directories EGC Create Directory
Message Directory
2-16
Station Group
Station Name
Destination Type
Prefix code
1. Station List
Country Code Same as "F3: Transmit"
(Max. 99 stations)
Station ID Refer to 2-5 and 2-6.
8. Configuration
Modem Type
Address
Cont’d
Remark max 20 char.
Name max. 15 char.
2. LES List
ID Enter 3 digits
(Max. 44 stations x 4)
Remarks max. 20 char.
3. EGC Channel List Max. 4ch x 4
F8:
4. NCS Channel List Max. 20ch x 4
Setup
Service LES Name max. 19 char.
Service ID(E-Mail) max. 9 char.
Cont’d
Service ID(SMS)
LES ID (AORW) Enter LES ID
LES ID (AORE) Enter LES ID
LES ID (POR) Enter LES ID
8. Configuration 5.E-Mail/SMS Service LES ID (IOR) Enter LES ID
List To: max. 9 char.
Cont’d (Max. 16 stations) Cc: max. 9 char.
Subject: max. 9 char.
Separator max. 9 char.
SMS
OFF
Attach File (MIME) ON (BASE64)
ON (UUENCODE)
2-17
1. Sent Message
2. Received Message
3. EGC Message
4. Station List
5. LES List
Export to SD
6. E-Mail/SMS Service List
7. Test
F8:
8. Configuration 6. Export/Import 8. Maintenance
Setup
The “SSAS setting file” can be
9. Settings
exported in “SSAS Manager Mode”.
1. Station List
2. LES List
Import from SD 3. E-Mail/SMS Service List
The “SSAS setting file” can be
4. Settings
imported in “SSAS Manager Mode”.
LES ID
Update Time
The position needs to be updated every
Position LAT/LON
hour during manual input.
Protocol Maritime Fixed
Undesignated
Fire/Explosion
Flooding
F9: Collision
Distress Grounding
Nature Listing
Sinking
Disabled & Adrift
Abandoning ship
Further assistance required
Piracy or Armed attack
Course The position needs to be updated every
Speed hour during manual input.
F10:
All Alarms are stopped.
Stop Alarm
2-18
2.3 FELCOM 19 Menu Tree

Table 2.3.1 FELCOM 19 Menu Tree
Function Menu-1 Menu-2 Menu-3 Menu-4 Menu-5 Remarks

1. New (Alt + N)
2. Open(Alt + O)
3. Close (Alt + Q) Available while the Edit window
4. Save (Alt + S) is open
5. Delete (Alt + D)
F1: Disabled
6. Rename
File
7. Print (Alt + P) Select file
No Printer
8. Print Setting Windows Printer
PP-510
9. MIME (Decode) Select file
1. Cut (DEL)
2. Copy (Alt + C)
3. Paste (INS)
4. Insert (with Citation) Select file
F2: 5. Select All (Alt + A)
Same as FELCOM 18
Edit 6. Search or Replace
7. Go to Line
8. Time or Pos. Ins.
9. Change Window
(Alt + V)
1. Transmit Message Priority Normal As for FELCOM 19, Distress is deleted.
F3: 2. Cancel
Transmit 3. Request Delivery Same as FELCOM 18
Status
1. Display EGC
F4:
Message Same as FELCOM 18
EGC
2. EGC Network ID
2-19
1. Data Report
Same as FELCOM 18
2. Message Report
F5:
3. Enhanced
Reports SSAS Report becomes available
Pre-Assigned Data
when entering “SSAS Manager
Report(EPADR)
Note; Mode”.
4. Data Network ID
See page 2-10 for SSAS menu.
5. SSAS Report
1. Send Message Log
2. Receive Message
F6:
Log Same as FELCOM 18
Logs
3. EGC Log
1. Position
2. Log in
3. Log out
Same as FELCOM 18
4. Abort
F7: 5. Select NCS
Note) 8.Test -> 4.SSAS Button
Option 6. Ocean Region
Test
7. LES Information
8. Test
9. Maintenance
0. Alert
System Date & Time
IMN Same as FELCOM 18
F8:
1. System Setup MES Operation Mode
Setup
Nav Port
Cont’d LAN Port
Cont’d Disabled
Message Output Port
EGC Output Port
Note; F5: Reports

In case of FxxPC terminal, "0.VMS Mode" is added to an F5:Report menu.
2-20
Network Same as FELCOM 18

Network Setup
Mail Gateway Disabled
Command Window
1. System Setup JOB:
1. Remote Box
furunoservice 1.SSAS Same as FELCOM 18
Setup
Password:
Felcom19
2. Editor Setup Same as FELCOM 18
Connection
Date Disp. Form
3. Terminal Setup
Screen Saver Same as FELCOM 18
Window Color
F8:
Additional
Setup
Position
Navarea(s)/ Same as FELCOM 18
Metarea(s)
Receive EGC Area
4. EGC Setup Fixed Area
Waypoint(from
NAV Disabled
Equipment)
Coastal Warning Same as FELCOM 18
5. Auto Mode Setup Same as FELCOM 18
6. E-Mail Setup Same as FELCOM 18
7. Directories Same as FELCOM 18
8. Configuration Same as FELCOM 18
F10:
Stop
Alarm
2-21
Chapter 3. Parts3.1Location
BDE: FELCOM 18
3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18
320 mm
270 mm 157 mm
139 mm
320 mm
4.0 kg
Fig. 3.1.1 Terminal unit (IC-218)
[JUNCTION]
[PRINTER] [DTE]: Not used
D-GPS
ANT LAN
Power: 12 – 24 VDC
(8.0 – 4.0 A)
GND
Fig. 3.1.2 Terminal unit, rear view (IC-218)
3-1
3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18
Fig. 3.1.3 Keyboard (5139U)
TERMCPU
(16P0283B)
TERMPWR
RF_COM
(16P0287B)
(16P0284A)
GPS: Option
(16P0246)
PWR_C
SD_USB
(16P0214A)
(16P0289)
Fig. 3.1.4 Terminal unit with case removed
3-2
3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18
S1: System J14: IQ MONI 1: I MONI

Reset SW S3: CPU Reset SW (Not mounted) 2: GND
3: Q MONI
S2
S4
CR6
CR5
CR3
CR2
CR1
XU20:
EEPROM
Fig. 3.1.5 Terminal unit with RF CON board removed
D-GPS Port
GN-8097D RF CON
16P0246 (16P0284A)
Fig. 3.1.6 RF CON (16P0284A) and GPS (16P0246)
3-3
3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18
Fig. 3.1.7 TERMCPU (16P0283B)
R54: 28 V ADJ. R18: 130 kHz ADJ.
Fig. 3.1.8 TERMPWR (160287B) and PWR C (16P0214A)
3-4
3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18
Fig. 3.1.9 SD USB (16P0289)
Fig. 3.1.10 SW (16P0294)
3-5
3.1 BDE: FELCOM 18
Fig. 3.1.11 Panel
Fig. 3.1.12 LCD
3-6
3.2 BDE: FELCOM 19
3.2 BDE: FELCOM 19
210 mm
160 mm
42 mm
1.2 kg
Fig. 3.2.1 Communication unit, front panel (IC-219)
[JUNCTION]
Fig. 3.2.2 Communication unit, rear panel (IC-219)
3-7
3.2 BDE: FELCOM 19
COMMCPU
(16P0282)
COMMPWR
(16P0288)
GPS:
GN-8097D
S1: SYS Reset S2 S3
Fig. 3.2.3 Communication unit with case removed
CR12: Power
CR11: LOGIN
CR10: TX
CR9: ERROR
U7: EEPROM
Fig. 3.2.4 COMMCPU (side A)
3-8
3.2 BDE: FELCOM 19
RF CON
(16P0284B)
Fig. 3.2.5 Communication unit with COMMCPU board removed
Fig. 3.2.6 RF CON (16P0284B)
3-9
3.3 ADE
3.3 ADE
258 mm
1.4 kg
156 mm
Fig. 3.3.1 Antenna unit: IC-118 and IC-119
3-10
3.3 ADE
ANT RF
FELCOM 18: 16P0285
FELCOM 19: 16P0286
Fig. 3.3.2 Dismounted view of Antenna unit
3-11
3.3 ADE
16P0285 (for IC-118) 16P0286 (for IC-119)
Fig. 3.3.3 ANT RF (16P0285, 16P0286)
3-12
3.4 Other unit
3.4 Other unit

3.4.1 JUNCTION BOX: IC-318
2m
137 mm
H=43 mm
160 mm
1. Vcc
2. GND
IC-305
3. TD/RD-A
IC-306
4. TD/RD-B
5. N.C
6. ALM-H
7. ALM-C
NAV 8. RD-A(NAV)
9. RD-B(NAV)
10. GND
11. SSAS OUT-H
12. SSAS OUT-C
DMC
13. SSAS IN-H
IC-307
14. SSAS IN-C
15. SSAS CTR
#11-15: #6-7:
DMC -> SSAS TD -> ALM
3-13
3.4 Other unit
3.4.2 DISTRESS ALERT/RECEIVED CALL UNIT: IC-305

100 mm
120 mm
H=26 mm
JP1: short
JP2: short
16P0213A See Page 3-16.
S1 S3 S2
3-14
3.4 Other unit
3.4.3 ALARM UNIT: IC-306

100 mm
120 mm
H=26 mm
JP1
JP2
See Page 3-16.

16P0213B
S1 S3 S2
3-15
3.4 Other unit
Reference) Setting of JP1 and JP2 in IC-305 and IC-306

16P0213 board has type A and type B. It differs from the jumper setting of JP1 and
JP2 and the presence of push button switches: S1, S2 and S3.
Normally, a maximum of two units of IC-306 can be connected. One more unit can be
equipped if requested.
Table 3.4.1 Distinction between IC-305 and IC-306
IC-305 IC-306
16P0213 A 16P0213 B
DIS unit ALM unit-1 ALM unit -2 ALM unit -3
JP1 Short Open Short Open
S1: Distress Yes No No No
S2: Alarm Ack Yes No No No
S3: Alarm Reset No Yes Yes Yes
3-16
3.4 Other unit
3.4.4 SSAS ALERT UNIT: IC-307
100 mm
120 mm
H=26 mm
Factory-default
JP1: Open
JP2: Jumper
IC-307 setting at
terminal
JP1: Jumper
JP2: Open
16P0229
3-17
Chapter 4. System4.1 Setup
Setup Menu
4.1 Setup Menu

4.1.1 System Setup
1. FELCOM 18
Set "[Setup] -> 1.System Setup" menu.
Table 4.1.1 Settings of FELCOM 18 System Setup
Item Setting value Remarks

The time data is calculated from the reception frame signal,
System Date and the date uses the data from ZDA. If there is no ZDA, the
YY-MM-DD
& Time input date (Setup -> System setup -> System Date & Time) is
used.
To change IMN, type "IMN" while holding [Ctrl] and [Alt]. The
IMN 4xxxxxxxx
input IMN is displayed on the status display.
MES INMARSAT-C Normally, set to "INMARSAT-C."
Operation When set to INMARSAT C, Tx/Rx and the EGC reception are
EGC
Mode available. When set to EGC, only EGC reception is available.
OFF - OFF: Manually inputs the position of the own ship.
EXT Note) Note that the alarm is outputted when the data is
INT not updated every 4 hours.
- EXT: Uses the external GPS data.
Nav Port
- INT: Uses the built-in GPS data.
AUTO - AUTO: Automatically switches from INT to EXT.
Note) As for SSAS Russia and LRIT Russia, NAV port is
fixed to AUTO and GLONASS is preferentially used.
ON This is ON/OFF setting for the LAN port.
If set to "OFF," the error message "No response from
LAN Port communication unit" appears and transmission cannot be
OFF
carried out when [Transmit] operation is carried out at the PC
terminal.
INT If the aforementioned "LAN Port" is set to "OFF" at the
LAN destination of the received message, LAN and INT+LAN are
INT+LAN deleted.
Message - INT: Outputs to the Terminal unit.
Output Port - LAN: Outputs to the LAN port.
AUTO - INT+LAN: Outputs to the Terminal unit and LAN port.
- AUTO: Outputs to the ports according to Sub Address.
(Terminal unit side (LAN): 000, DTE side: Fixed at 001)
INT This setting is valid if the aforementioned "LAN Port" is set to
EGC Output LAN ON at the destination of EGC received message.
Port - INT: Outputs to the Terminal unit
INT+LAN
- INT+LAN: Outputs to the Terminal unit and LAN port.
Network
Network Setup See the next page.
Mail Gateway
This is the command for the direct access to TERMCPU
board and this command is used to configure settings
Command relevant to IC-305, IC-306, IC-307 SSAS and AMS in Furuno
Window service mode.
** Furuno service mode:
Job No.: furunoservice, Password: felcom18
4-1
4.1 Setup Menu
Table 4.1.2 Settings of FELCOM 18 Networks

IP Address 172.31.16.2 Network of FELCOM 18 is set.
Subnet Mask 255.255.0.0 The left is the default value.
This setting is selected when the DHCP
OFF server is not connected or when no IP
Network DHCP address is obtained from the DHCP server.
This setting is selected when obtaining an
ON
IP address from the DHCP server.
Enter the IP address of Default Gateway
Gateway . . .
while connected to a different Network.
Specify the IP address of the PC which is
SMTP Enable used to E-mail.
. . .
IP Address A PC not specified cannot send E-mail but
it can receive E-mail.
Send Limit Specify the size of the Mail to be sent: 2, 4,
8
Size(KB) 6, 8, 10, 16, 32 KB
UUENCODE Normally, UUENCODE is set when
Attach
BINARY specifying the attachment format.
The received message is delivered to the
PC Mailer
PC.
Delivery To
The received message is forwarded to the
Mail Server
Mail server.
Gateway
Server IP . . .
The Mail server delivers mails to the
FIXED
specified "Mail Address."
If the keyword registered by “Mail Address
Address Mode
Keyword” is found in the text of a message,
Auto
the message is sent to the Mail address
which appears after the keyword.
Specify the mail address to which mails are
Mail Address
delivered.
Auto Delivery Enter the keyword to be searched while
Keyword Auto is selected in Address Mode setting.
4-2
4.1 Setup Menu
2. FELCOM 19
Set "Setup -> 1.System Setup menu".
Table 4.1.3 Settings of FELCOM 19 System Setup

The time data is calculated from the reception frame
System Date & signal, and the date data (Setup -> System setup ->
YY-MM-DD
Time System Date & Time) uses the data from ZDA. If there is
no ZDA, the input date is used.
To change IMN, type "IMN" while holding [Ctrl] and [Alt].
IMN 4xxxxxxxx
The input IMN is displayed on the status display.
INMARSAT-C Normally, set to "INMARSAT-C."
MES Operation When set to INMARSAT C, Tx/Rx and the EGC reception
Mode EGC are available. When set to EGC, only EGC reception is
available.
This item is fixed to INT and the setting cannot be
changed. As for FELCOM 19, GPS is built in.
Nav Port INT/AUTO Note) As for SSAS Russia and LRIT Russia, NAV port is
fixed to AUTO and GLONASS is preferentially
used.
This item is fixed to ON and the setting cannot be
LAN Port ON
changed.
Message This item is fixed to INT and the setting cannot be
INT
Output Port changed.
EGC Output This item is fixed to INT and the setting cannot be
INT
Port changed.
Network
Network Setup See the next page.
Mail Gateway
This is the command for the direct access to COMMCPU
and this command is used to configure settings relevant
Command
to IC-307 SSAS and AMS in Furuno service mode.
Window
** Furuno service mode:
Job No.: furunoservice, Password: felcom18
4-3
4.1 Setup Menu
Table 4.1.4 Settings of FELCOM 19 Networks

IP Address 172.31.16.2
Network of FELCOM 19 is set.
Subnet
255.255.0.0 The left is the default value.
Mask
This setting is selected when the DHCP
server is not connected or when the IP
OFF
Network address is not obtained from the DHCP
DHCP
server.
This setting is selected when obtaining an
ON
IP address from the DHCP server.
Enter the IP address of Default Gateway
Gateway . . .
while connected to a different Network.
Mail Gateway This item cannot be set.
3. Handling of EXT Nav Data

The following table shows the list of NAV data input from the JUNCTION BOX.
The following data format is used: Start bit: 1 / Data bit: 8 / Parity bit: None / Stop bit:
1.
As for Speed, 4800 bps or 38400 bps is automatically detected.
NAV data is not output.
Table 4.1.5 Input sentence list
Minimum
Talker Formatter
input cycle
** 1 sec BWC Bearing and distance to waypoint
** 1 sec BWR Bearing and distance to waypoint – rhumb line
** 1 sec DBT Depth Below Transducer
** 1 sec DTM Datum Reference
** 1 sec GGA Global Positioning System Fix Data
** 1 sec GLL Geographic Position
GN, GP, GL 10 sec GNS GNSS Fix Data
** 1 sec GSA GNSS DOP and Active Satellites
** 1 sec MTW Water Temperature
** 1 sec RMA Recommended Minimum Specific Loran-C Data
Recommended Minimum Specific Navigation
** 1 sec RMB
Information
** 1 sec RMC Recommended Minimum Specific GNSS Data
** 1 sec VDO UAIS VHF Data-link Own-vessel report
** 1 sec VDR Set and Drift
** 1 sec VTG Course over ground and ground speed
** 1 sec WPL Waypoint location
** 1 sec ZDA Time and date
4-4
4.1 Setup Menu
Handling of checksum field

If checksum is added, sum check is carried out. If there is an error, the sentence is
disabled. If there is no checksum, the sentence is valid.
Handling of timeout
If valid data relevant to the Heading data is not received for 5 seconds or other valid
data is not received for 30 seconds, timeout handling is carried out.
Priority sequence
Priority sequence of talker and formatter in data contents is as follows: formatter >
talker. Priority sequence of the talker is GN > GP > GA > GL > LC > DE > LA > TR
> IN > RA > WI > II > others."
Data contents Priority sequence Remarks

GSA>GGA (assumed on the
Positioning mode basis the number of
satellites)
GNS>GGA>RMC>RMA>GLL
Latitude/longitude
>VDO
GN>GP>GA>GL>LC>DE>LA>TR>
Latitude/longitude
RMB>BWC>BWR>(WPL) IN>RA>WI>II>Others
of destination
Absolute vessel
VTG>RMC>RMA>VDO
speed (ground)
COG (Course over
VTG>RMC>RMA>VDO
ground)
Water depth
(depth below DBT SD>YX>VW>VD>YC>Others
transducer)
Water temperature MTW SD>YX>VW>VD>YC>Others
Time and time ZA>GN>GP>GA>GL>ZC>ZQ>ZV>
ZDA>RMC
difference Others
VDR
Set and Drift Current direction:
GN>GP>GA>GL>LC>DE>LA>TR>
VDR(T)>VDR(M)
IN>RA>WI>II>Others
Number of
GSA
satellites in use
Note)
- At Russia SSAS : EXT, "GL" talker has higher priority.
- VMS : Depending on VMS setting file
4-5
4.1 Setup Menu
4. Handling of INT Nav Data

The following table shows sentences that are input into and output from the GPS
Module.
The following data format is used: Start bit: 1 / Data bit: 8 / Parity bit: None / Stop bit:
1.
Sentences output from the GPS Module
Talker Formatter PFEC Minimum input cycle Remarks

Information of satellite in
GP GSA ― 10 sec
use
GP ZDA ― 1 sec Current time
P FEC GPenc 1 sec Encrypted NAV data
P FEC GPtst 1 sec GPS Self test Result
Sentences input into the GPS Module
Talker Formatter PFEC Minimum input cycle Remarks

P FEC GPclr ― Start time and time when
P FEC GPint ― the port is set to be used
Priority sequence
Data contents Priority sequence Talker

Positioning mode GSA > PFEC, GPenc
Latitude/longitude PFEC, GPenc
SOG(Speed over ground) PFEC, GPenc
COG (Course over ground) PFEC, GPenc GP
Current time and time difference ZDA > PFEC, GPenc
Self Test Result GPtst
Information of satellite in use GSA
4-6
4.1 Setup Menu
4.1.2 Outline of Command Window

By operating Command Window in "Setup -> System setup,"
1) Enter Furuno service mode and set ON/OFF for SSAS(IC-307), Distress Alert unit
(IC-305) and Alarm unit (IC-306) by use of Remote Box Setup and AMS Setup.
2) Enter Furuno service mode and then set ON/OFF of alarm contact output to
ALARM System upon receipt of Distress message and Urgency message by use
of External Alarm Setup.
3) Set ON/OFF of LRIT by typing the ON/OFF command for LRIT in JOB No.
4) Carry out maintenance by typing monitor, clearing memory and debug commands
in JOB No.
Reference)
See page 8-50 for Command List.
How to enter Service Mode
Procedure)
1. Open "Command Window" in [Setup] -> 1.System Setup.
[Main Menu]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.:
2. Type "furunoservice" in Enter JOB No.
3. Enter password. Model name is used for the password. Only the cursor moves even if
the password is entered. No character appears.
- For FELCOM 18 -> felcom18
- For FELCOM 19 -> felcom19
[Main Menu]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.: furunoservice
□
4-7
4.1 Setup Menu
4. When entering Furuno service mode, Furuno Service Mode appears and flashes at
the center of the top of the screen. Also, [Main Menu] in Command Window is
reversed.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.:
5. Type the number to be set and then enter the setting menu.
To exit from Furuno service mode, type "quit" or "quit service" in Command
Window. Turning the system on and turning it on again is acceptable.
4-8
4.2 FELCOM 18: Setting IC-305 and IC-306

As for IC-306 (Alarm Unit), a maximum of three units (standard: two units) can be
connected.
As for IC-305 (Distress Alert/Received Call Unit), only one unit can be connected.
Any unit is recognized by the jumper setting. Enter "1.Remote Box Setup" in Command
Window in [Setup] -> 1. System Setup, and then set ON/OFF for each unit.
Note)
These units can be only connected to FELCOM 18. No unit can be connected to
FELCOM 19.
4.2.1 Jumper setting

The jumper setting of 16P0213 A type/ B type boards is required for recognition of
IC-305 and IC-306. Boards need to be set according to the following table.
Type A board is for the IC-305 unit and type B board is for the IC-306 unit. Each type is
recognized by the jumper setting of JP1 and JP 2 and the presence of S1, S2 and S3.
Table 4.2.1 Difference between 16P0213A and 16P0213B
16P0213A type
16P0213B type
Distress Alert/Received
Alarm Unit (IC-306)
Call Unit (IC-305)
DISTRESS RCV-1 RCV-2 RCV-3
JP1 Short Open Short Open
S1 Yes No No No
S2 Yes No No No
S3 No Yes Yes Yes
16P0213A JP1:short 16P0213B JP1

JP2:short JP2
S1 S3 S2 S1 S3 S2
IC-305 IC-306
4-9
4.2.2 ON/OFF setting

Procedure)
1. See page 4-7 and enter Furuno service mode.
2. Press [1] -> [Enter] to open "1.Remote Box Setup" menu.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. ASM Setup
Enter JOB No.:1
[ Remote Box Setup ]

1. SSAS OFF
2. IC-305 OFF
3. IC-306 No.1 OFF
4. IC-306 No.2 OFF
5. IC-306 No.3 OFF
E: Exit
Enter No.:
3. Enter the number of unit to be set, and then press [Enter]. For example, press [2] ->
[Enter] to activate IC-305. ON/OFF menu for [IC-305] appears. Press [1] -> [Enter].
"2. IC-305" in the [Remote Box Setup] menu is changed to "ON."

1. SSAS OFF
2. IC-305 OFF [ Remote Box Setup ]
3. IC-306 No.1 OFF 1. SSAS OFF
4. IC-306 No.2 OFF 2. IC-305 ON
5. IC-306 No.3 OFF 3. IC-306 No.1 OFF
E: Exit 4. IC-306 No.2 OFF
Enter No.:2 5. IC-306 No.3 OFF
E: Exit
[ IC-305 ] Enter No.:
1. ON
2. OFF E: Exit
Enter No.:1
Reference)
The Terminal unit sequentially carries out polling for connected unit for which ON is
set and monitors the switch status.
As for FELCOM 19, there is no setting for IC-305 and IC-306.
4-10
4.2.3 Testing IC-305 and IC-306

1. IC-305
Execute [Option] -> 8.Test -> 4.Distress Button Test and then enter "Distress Button
Test" mode. Operations are as follows. The Distress alert is not released even if this test
is carried out.
If [DISTRESS] button is pressed and held down more than 4 seconds without
entering "Distress Button Test" mode, the Distress alert is released.
When entering Distress Button Test mode, the message

"INF: Distress Buttons entered into TEST MODE." appears.
LED of [DISTRESS] button on the Terminal unit on IC-305 and the buzzer become
active at intervals of 100 msec/2s.
Then, when pressing [DISTRESS] button,
when [DISTRESS] button on IC-305 is pressed, LED of [DISTRESS] button on
IC-305 and the buzzer become active at intervals of 100 msec.
If [DISTRESS] button is pressed and held down for a while, the message "INF:
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT works correctly." appears.
4-11
4.3 FELCOM 18: Setting IC-350
2. IC-306
Press [ALARM RESET] button. While pressing and holding down [ALARM RESET]
button, the buzzer is sounded continuously and LED lights.

When connecting IC-350, set IC-350 and enter "Remote Box Setup" in Command
Window in [Setup] -> 1.System Setup, and then set ON/OFF for the unit.
When setting ON for IC-350, set "ON" for IC-305.
IC-350 and IC-305 cannot be connected simultaneously. Either IC-350 or IC-305
needs to be selected.
4.3.1 Setting IC-350

Dip switch: S101 on the PANEL board (05P0820) needs to be set.
Set "OFF" when connecting corresponding equipment. All switches are set to OFF at
the time of factory default.
S101: DIP SW
Fig. 4.3.1 Positioning of DIP SW on PANEL board
4-12
Table 4.3.1 Dip switch setting table
Equipment to be
S101 Bit OFF ON
connected
#1 No.1 VHF ENABLE DISABLE
#2 No.2 VHF ENABLE DISABLE
#3 MF/HF ENABLE DISABLE
#4 No.1 INMARSAT ENABLE DISABLE
#5 No.2 INMARSAT ENABLE DISABLE
#6 NAVTEX ENABLE DISABLE
#7 NAVTEX SEL N.C. (NX-700) N.O. (NX-500)
#8 VERCHK OFF ON
# No.1 to 6:
Connected models are set to "OFF" and unconnected models are set to "ON."
Reference) Table of setting for Dip Switch on PANEL board
(Set to OFF at the

time of factory
default)
4.3.2 ON/OFF setting for IC-350 (Command Window)

IC-305 and IC-350 are the same. See "4.2.2 ON/OFF setting" and set "ON" for IC-305.
4-13
4.3.3 Testing IC-350

Items to be tested are almost the same as those for IC-305 explained in "4.2.3 Testing
IC-305 and IC-306."
Execute [Option] -> 8.Test -> 4.Distress Button Test. Operations are as follows.
When entering Distress Button Test mode, the message
"INF: Distress Buttons entered into TEST MODE." appears.
LED of [DISTRESS] button on the Terminal unit and the buzzer become active at
the intervals of 100 msec/2 sec. As for IC-350, there is no change.
Then, if [DISTRESS] button is pressed,
when [DISTRESS] button on IC-350 is pressed, LED of [DISTRESS] button on
IC-350 and the buzzer become active at intervals of 0.5 s, and the message "INF:
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT works correctly." appears if [DISTRESS] button is
pressed and held down more than 4 seconds.
4-14
4.4 FELCOM 18, 19 External Alarm Setup

This setting is used to set whether to output alarm contact to ALARM System when
receiving the Distress message or Urgency message. Alarm output is normally closed
and interlocked with alarm buzzer. Resistance is approximately 30 Ω while closed
between ALM_H and ALM_C.
IC-318
TERMCPU(16P0283B)
3.3V COMMCPU(16P0282)
K1 JUNCTION
TLP4176G_TP_F
R190 4 ALM_A 6 ALM_H
6
Q1
3 ALM_B 7 ALM_C
ALM 2 7
Normal Close
Fig. 4.4.1 External Alarm output circuit
Procedure)
2. Press [2] -> [Enter] to open "2. External Alarm Setup" menu.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.:2
[ External Alarm Setup ]

1. Distress Message ON
2. Distress EGC ON
3. Urgent EGC ON
4. Unit Fault OFF
E: Exit
Enter No.:
3. Enter the number of item to be set, and then press [Enter].

For example, press [3] -> [Enter] to set “OFF” for Urgent EGC.
4-15
Table 4.4.1 External Alarm setup list
Item Contents
This is ON/OFF setting for External alarm output when receiving
1. Distress Message
the Distress message.
This is ON/OFF setting for External alarm output when receiving
2. Distress EGC
the Distress EGC message.
This is ON/OFF setting for External alarm when receiving the
3. Urgent EGC
Urgent EGC message.
This is ON/OFF setting of External alarm when equipment fails.
4. Unit Fault
See the following list for target "Unit Fault".
Reference) Target messages for which Unit Fault is output

Appears CAUTION window
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU ROM NG.
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU RAM NG.
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU EEPROM NG.
Appears Alert window

1st Local UNLOCK
2nd Local UNLOCK
ANT power voltage abnormality.
ALARM UNIT Fault.
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT Fault.
SSAS UNIT connection abnormality.
Carrier power level.
EEPROM ERROR.
Invalid MES ID, This equipment is defected. Please contact FURUNO.
4-16
4.5 FELCOM 18 and 19: Setting SSAS

SSAS (Ship Security Alert System) is intended for
transmitting a Security alert to "recipients specified " without being noticed by
attackers when the ship is under attack by armed invader, such as pirates, terrorists,
etc.
If any ship Security alert system: IC-307 button is pressed, the SSAS function
activates and the alert indicating that the ship is attacked is transmitted to
predetermined recipients (a maximum of 5 recipients) while sending information,
such as Ship name, MMSI number, IMN and Own ship position at the predetermined
intervals.
No audible or visual alarm is generated while the SSAS report is being transmitted in
order to prevent detection by the invaders.
As for SSAS security alert unit: IC-307,
the unit must be activated from the bridge and at least one more another position. As
for FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19, a maximum of 3 sets of IC-307 can be connected.
Also, backup power is supplied to the ship Security alert system by the Main power
supply and Auxiliary power supply.
Also, IC-307 is connected in daisy chain connection. As for setting, set jumper of
IC-307, enter "1. Remote Box Setup" in Command Window in [Setup] -> 1. System
Setup menu, and then set ON/OFF for SSAS.
Points for operation

1. In case of pressing the [Alert] button on IC-307,
when the [Alert] button is pressed and held down for 30 seconds while using
Standard Type, 3 seconds while using Russian Type and 0.7 seconds while USCG
Type is used, transmission sequence of SSAS alarm starts.
1) Whether the sequence starts cannot be determined by the status display and
panel LED, etc. However, when the SSAS transmission sequence starts,
information, such as Current Channel, Current TDM and MES Status, changes
in the same manner as the normal transmission status.
Whether or not the SSAS transmission sequence has started cannot be
recognized with the lighting status of lamp on the Communication unit of
FELCOM 19.
The lamp lights in the same manner as normal transmission. While transmitting
the SSAS message, the [TX] lamp lights.
2) Communication information indicating whether the alert is transmitted
(Successful sending, Delivery Status) is not displayed. Communication
information is neither printed nor recorded in the log.
3) Even if the power is turned off, the equipment resumes the SSAS alert
sequence when powered on again.
4-17
4) If Delivery Status is "Not Complete" or 30 minutes elapse without receiving

Delivery Status, the alert is transmitted again after changing the LES of the
ocean region where the terminal is logged into.
If E-Mail is set for Destination Type, E-mail is transmitted to destinations from
the top in the LES list in the corresponding ocean region registered at E-Mail
Setup.
If TELEX is set for Destination Type, TELEX is retransmitted from the top of
LES in the LES Information list for the corresponding ocean region.
5) If transmission is unsuccessful, an alert is retransmitted after automatically
changing LES in the same manner as the item 4).
2. How to cancel the transmission sequence

Method-1) Standard Type, Russian Type
Switch the "Alert" button OFF in SSAS Manager Mode.
When the message "NF: SSAS UNIT activation has been canceled." appears, the
transmission sequence has stopped.
Change the status of the "Alert" button in the following manner within 3 seconds:
"OFF → ON → OFF → ON →OFF".
When the message "INF: SSAS UNIT activation has been canceled." appears, the
Enter SSAS Manger Mode, and then type "terminate ssas alert".
When the message "Please return the SSAS button into OFF-STATE." appears,
return the "Alert" button on IC-307 to the OFF status. When the message "INF:
SSAS UNIT activation has been canceled." appears, the transmission sequence has
stopped.
Method-4) USCG type
Enter SSAS Manger Mode, and then type "terminate ssas alert".
When the message "INF: SSAS UNIT activation has been canceled." appears, the
As for the display indicating cancellation of transmission for FELCOM 19,

the aforementioned message is output if the PC terminal is connected.
While no PC terminal is connected, if the [POWER] lamp on the Communication
unit flashes for 30 seconds at intervals of 1 second, the SSAS transmission sequence
has stopped.
4-18
4.5.1 Jumper Setting

Only for the last IC-307 unit, the JP-2 plug is changed to JP-1. This setting is required
to activate the “error detection function” for cable wiring. See page 4-29.
Only for the last unit,

the JP-2 plug is
changed to JP-1.
Factory setting:
JP-1: Open
JP-2: Jumper
4-19
4.5.2 ON/OFF setting

Procedure)
2. Press [1] -> [Enter] to open "1.Remote Box Setup" menu.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.:1

1. SSAS OFF
2. IC-305 OFF
3. IC-306 No.1 OFF
4. IC-306 No.2 OFF
5. IC-306 No.3 OFF
E: Exit
Enter No.:
3. Press [1] -> [Enter].

When SSAS setting menu appears, select the corresponding SSAS function.
See the following page for the SSAS function.
For example, press [2] -> [Enter] to activate Standard SSAS.
“1. SSAS” in the [Remote Box Setup] menu is changed to "IC-307(Standard SSAS)".

1. SSAS OFF
2. IC-305 OFF
3. IC-306 No.1 OFF
4. IC-306 No.2 OFF
5. IC-306 No.3 OFF
1. SSAS IC-307(Standard SSAS)
E: Exit
2. IC-305 OFF
Enter No.:2
3. IC-306 No.1 OFF
4. IC-306 No.2 OFF
[ SSAS ]
5. IC-306 No.3 OFF
1. OFF
E: Exit
2. IC-307(Standard SSAS)
Enter No.:
3. IC-307(Russian SSAS)
4. SSAS(Momentary)
E: Exit
Enter No.:1
4-20
Table 4.5.1 Outline of the SSAS function
Setting Outline
The SSAS alert button is latch type and used for the standard
IC-307(Standard SSAS) SSAS function. Note that after a button is pushed, transmission
sequence is started in 30 seconds.
This is SSAS for Russian type.
The SSAS alert button is latch type and its operation is Standard
SSAS. Note that after a button is pushed, transmission sequence
is started in 3 seconds.
IC-307(Russian SSAS) However, NAV port setting is fixed to AUTO. As for position data,
external GLONASS has priority. If there is no external GPS unit,
internal GPS is used.
Also, the message format is different from that of Standard
SSAS.
This is SSAS for USCG type. The SSAS alert button is
momentary type.
SSAS(Momentary)
Note that after a button is pushed, transmission sequence is
started in 0.7 seconds.
4.5.3 SSAS mode

The SSAS function has two operating modes.
- Normal mode:
The unit starts up in this mode. The unit is used in this mode. SSAS-related
menus are not displayed.
- SSAS Manager Mode:

Entering the SSAS Manager password in Setup -> 1.System -> Command
Window enables entry into SSAS Manager Mode.
- JOB No.ssas manager
- Password: ship security alert
In this mode, SSAS message and transmission cycle can be set, and “SSAS alert
button test” can be carried out for IC-307.
While the unit is in SSAS Manager Mode, the indication SSAS Manager Mode
(flashing) appears at the center of the top of the screen.
To exit SSAS Manager Mode, input "quit" or "quit ssas" on Command Window.
The unit enters Normal Mode when the unit is turned on again.
Note)
Password: The default password is “ship security alert”.
The manager can change the password. See page 4-23 for how to change the
password.
4-21
1. Entering SSAS Manager Mode

Procedure)
1. Enter the following JOB No. and password in Setup -> 1.System -> Command
Window. Entering SSAS Manager Mode is possible. Only the cursor moves even if
the password is entered. No character appears.
- JOB No. ssas manager
- Password: ship security alert (Default Password)
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.: ssas manager
PASSWORD: ■
Important)
The manager can change the password. If you do not know the password, enter
the common password: wasuremashita+IMN.
IMN is the IMN number set at Setup -> System Setup.
For example, if IMN is 443256789, type "wasuremashita+443256789."
2. When entering SSAS Manager Mode, the indication SSAS Manager Mode
(flashing) appears at the center of the top of the screen.
Reference)
In case of logging in both SSAS Manager Mode and Furuno Service Mode,
SSAS Manager Mode+S appears at the center of the top of the screen.
4-22
Operations that can be executed in SSAS Manager Mode are

- SSAS related setting
- Alert button test for IC-307
- Cancellation of repeated transmission of SSAS.
Table 4.5.2 Menu added to SSAS Manager Mode for FLECOM 18 and FELCOM 19
Main menu Sub Menu-1 Sub menu-2 Remarks

1. Data Report
2. Message Report
3. Enhanced
Pre-Assigned Data
Report(EPADR)
4. Data Network ID
Reports
1. SSAS Report 1
2. SSAS Report 2
3. SSAS Report 3
5. SSAS Report Addition
4. SSAS Report 4
5. SSAS Report 5
6. Message Contents
1. PV Test
2. PV Test Result
3. Diagnostic Test
Options 8. Test Added for
4. Distress/SSAS Button Test
FELCOM 18.
Added for
4. SSAS Button Test
FELCOM 19.
2. Changing the password for entering SSAS Manager Mode

Changing the password is the operation carried out by the manager.
Procedure)
1. Open Setup -> 1.System -> Command Window, type "ssas password" on the Enter
JOB No. field, and then press [Enter].
2. The line for inputting "OLD PASSWORD" appears.
3. Input "ship security alert" (without the quotation marks), which is the password set
at factory default. The line for inputting "NEW PASSWORD" appears.
4. Input a new password to be set, using at least six characters, and then press [Enter].
The line for inputting “RETYPE NEW PASSWORD” appears.
4-23
5. Type the new password again, and then press [Enter].

If the password is changed, the message "Password changed" appears. If a wrong
password is entered, the message "Mismatch-Password unchanged" appears.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.: ssas password
OLD PASSWORD:
NEW PASSWORD:
RETYPE NEW PASSWORD:
Password changed
6. Press [Esc] several times to close the menu.
Reference)
If the password is already changed, type the new password and then press [Enter].
If you do not know the password, the common password: "wasuremashita+IMN" is
available.
4-24
4.5.4 Editing the SSAS Report

This setting is made in "SSAS Manager Mode."
When the SSAS Alert button on IC-307 is pressed, the message containing contents set
in [Reports] -> 5.SSAS Report ->Message Contents is sent to destinations via LES set
in [Reports] -> 5.SSAS Report -> SSAS Report 1 to 5.
When the Ocean region is changed, the report is sent using the same LES for the Ocean
region.
1. Setting SSAS Report

Procedure)
1. Open [Reports] -> 5.SSAS Report.
A maximum of five destinations (SSAS Report 1 to 5) can be set.
For example, open 1.SSAS Report 1.
2. Set destination and intervals at which the report is transmitted.
3. Press [Esc] key to open the [Update] screen.

Select "Yes" to update data.
4-25
Table 4.5.3 SSAS Report Menu
Item Setting value Contents

Remove Contents of the open page are removed.
ON SSAS report
Status
A test message is sent to destinations set on the page,
TEST
which is being open.
SSAS alert is sent to destinations (SSAS Report 1 to
5) set in this mode.
Real+Test Also, when testing the button of SSAS Alert unit, the
SSAS alert test message is sent to destinations (SSAS
Report 1 to 5) set in this mode.
Mode
SSAS alert is sent to destinations (SSAS Report 1 to
Real only
5) set in this mode.
When testing the button of SSAS Alert unit, the SSAS
Test only alert test message is sent to destinations (SSAS
Report 1 to 5) set in this mode.
Destination can be selected from the list registered in
Station Name
Setup -> 8.Configuration -> 1.Station List.
TELEX/MES
Destination Type can be selected (generally, E-mail
FAX
and SMS)
E-Mail
Destination SMS
Reference)
Type PADN
When selecting Special and entering "91" for
DNID
Destination, the Loop Back Test for the SSAS
Special
message can be carried out.
(Prefixed)
This code needs to be entered if Prefixed is set for
Prefix Code xx
Destination Type.
Country/Ocean These codes need to be entered if TELEX/MES, FAX
xxxx
Code and PSDN are set for Destination Type.
xxxxxxxxxxxxx Destination needs to be entered if TELEX/MES, FAX,
Destination
xx PSDN or DNID Special is set for Destination Type.
T30 Modem Type needs to be entered if FAX is set for
Modem Type V21 – V32 Destination Type.
Other ** Generally, T30 is set.
Address needs to be entered if E-Mail or SMS is set for
Address
Destination Type.
Subject --- Invalid
LES ID Ex; 203(KDDI) LES needs to be selected from the LES list.
The interval for sending the report needs to be entered
Report Interval 00:10 – 99:59
(the minimum time is 10 minutes.)
4-26
2. Setting Message Contents

The message set here is sent to destinations set for "1. SSAS Report 1 to 5. SSAS
Report 5."
Procedure)
1. Open [Reports] -> 5.SSAS Report -> 6.Message Contents.
2. Enter Vessel Name, MMSI, IMN and IMO, respectively.
As for [Other Inf.], appropriate message can be entered. This message can be edited
as needed.
For example, Company Security Officer name and Call sign can be entered in [Other
Inf.]. A maximum of 360 characters can be entered.
SSAS Message Contents
[Other Inf.] Vessel Name - Vessel Name: 30 characters

: ______________________________
Arbitrary message (360 MMSI - MMSI: Maritime Mobile Service
: ______________________________
chr.) can be edited as IMN : ________________ Identity
IMO : ________________ - IMN: Inmarsat Mobile Number
needed. Other Inf. :____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
LAT/LON/Time
LAT : 34.44.46N and positioning time
LON : 135.21.26E (GGA/RMC/GLL/RMA)
COURSE/SPEED/Time Time : 06/21/2012 04:22:20 (UTC)
Course/speed and COURESE: 071 deg
confirmed time (ZDA) SPEED : 0.0 kt
(VTG/RMC/ZDA) Time : 06/21/2012 04:22:20 (UTC)

4-27
4.5.5 Testing the Alert button on IC-307

Procedure)
1. Enter SSAS Manager Mode.
2. Execute [Option] -> 8.Test -> 4.Distress/SSAS Button Test.

The message "INF: Distress/SSAS entered into TEST MODE." appears. As for
FELCOM 19, the message "INF: SSAS Buttons entered into TEST MODE." appears.
Note)
1) If the unit does not enter SSAS Manager Mode, the unit remains in "4.Distress
Button Test" and the SSAS Alert button on IC-307 cannot be tested.
2) SSAS Alert button cannot be tested from the PC terminal of FELCOM 18.
3. Check that the message "INF: SSAS UNIT works correctly." appears when the Alert
button on IC-307 is pressed.
4. If the button is switched ON for more than 30 seconds, the test message is sent to the
destination specified for the “Test only” and Real+Test” in Mode of SSAS Report 1 to
5 settings.
4-28
Reference) Checking wiring

While the SSAS function is set to ON in Command Windows,
wiring is judged to be OK if "+6.5 V" is detected at SSAS OUT H (+6.5 V) output.
If "+6.5 V" is not detected, the error message [SSAS UNIT connection abnormality]
appears.
Therefore, the function for checking connection of IC-307 does not work if wiring is
done in daisy chain connection and [JP1] on the terminal unit is not jumpered.
Wiring of IC-307 can also be checked in [Options] -> 8.TEST -> 4.Distress/SSAS
Alert Button test.
FELCOM 18/19
IC-318 IC-307
6.5V
SSAS-OUT H
11 1
U24
SSAS-CHECK
13 3
JP1
U26
JP2
SSAS Alert
U1 Button
SSAS-IN C
14 4
SSAS-CTRL
15 5
Q3
TERMCPU
COMMCPU
IC-307
3
JP1
JP2
SSAS Alert
U1 Button
4
5
IC-307
1
Last unit 3
JP1
JP2
SSAS Alert
U1 Button
4
5
Fig. 4.5.1 IC-307 connection
4-29
4.5.6 Sending the Test message (executing test mode)

This test is carried out to check whether the "Test Report" can be properly sent to the
destination, which was set in SSAS Report setting menu. When carrying out this test, be
sure to check that equipment is working properly in advance.
1. If FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 is connected with the PC terminal

Procedure)
1. Enter SSAS Manager Mode.
2. Open [Report] -> 5.SSAS Report, and then select "SSAS Report" for the destination
to which the test report is sent in order to open the SSAS Report setting menu.
3. Open [Status], select "TEST" and then press [Enter].

5. The test report is sent.

After sending the test report, [ON] is automatically set for [Status] in the SSAS
Report menu. In this case, the message "Successful Sending message" appears on the
Printer and the Screen. The following figure shows the example of the test report
received via E-mail.
6. Inquire the recipient whether the test report is properly transmitted to the destination.
>From: 443199010@satmailc.com
>Date: Thu, 21 Jun 2012 02:13:36 UTC
>Subject: SSAS ALERT REPORT
>To: felcom@devlan1.furuno.co.jp
>
>
>
> !!!! Test Call !!!! !!!Test Call !!! is added.
>--- SSAS ALERT MESSAGE ---
>Vessel Name: furuno test
>MMSI: 431990000
>IMN: 443199010
>this is test ssas message.
>from furuno test
>LAT: 35:00.00N
>LON: 135:00.00E
>Time: 06/21/2012 01:56:15(UTC)
>COURSE: *** deg
>SPEED: ** kt
>Time: MM/DD/YYYY hh:mm:ss(UTC)
4-30
2. If PC terminal is not connected with FELCOM 19

2.1) SSAS Standard mode, Russian Mode
Before carrying out the test, be sure to check that the destination specified for the “Test
only” and Real+Test” in Mode of SSAS Report 1 to 5 settings menu. In Case of set to
“Real”, SSAS Test message is not sent, and [ERROR] lamps flashing.
Reference)
This operation transition can be checked on the PC terminal screen.
Procedure)
1. Turn off the Communication unit.
2. Press the Alert button on No.1 IC-307 to switch "ON" the button.
3. Turn on the Communication unit and then enter test mode.
Entering test mode

ON → Power ON
4. After approximately 30 seconds, [POWER], [LOGIN] and [TX] lamps

simultaneously start flashing at intervals of 1 second. If this operation starts, the Alert
button function on No.1 IC-307 is working properly.
If the button does not work due to improper wiring, the [ERROR] lamp flashes at
intervals of 1 second and next operation does not start.
POWER, LOGIN and TX lamps flash

simultaneously at intervals of 1 second.
Note)
If transmission of SSAS report is not required, switch OFF the Alert button
within 30 seconds and then turn off the unit. When 30 seconds elapse, the test
report is sent.
4-31
5. If approximately 30 seconds elapse while [POWER], [LOGIN] and [TX] lamps are
simultaneously flashing, transmission of the test report starts and [POWER],
[LOGIN] and [TX] lamps start flashing at intervals of 0.4 seconds at the same time.
POWER, LOGIN and

TX lamps flash at
intervals of 0.4
seconds.
6. If transmission of the test message succeeds (Successful Sending), [POWER],

[LOGIN] and [TX] lamps simultaneously start flashing at intervals of 1 second.
When transmission succeeds:

POWER, LOGIN and TX lamps flash simultaneously at
intervals of 1 second.
Note) If 60 minutes elapse in this mode, the unit automatically enters normal
mode. However, security alert is not transmitted.
7. Press the Alert button on No.1 IC-307 to switch "OFF" the button.
Note) If 10 seconds elapse whiles the Alert button is switched "ON" after
transmitting the test report successfully, the [ERROR] lamp starts
flashing at intervals of 2 seconds. The Alert button needs to be switched
OFF. The [ERROR] lamp stops flashing.
8. The unit goes into "idle" state in test mode. While the test mode is set to "Idle" status,
each lamp lights for 1 second in the order of [POWER] → [LOGIN] → [TX] and
this operation is repeated.
Scan operation for each

lamp is repeated in the
order of [POWER] →
[LOGIN] → [TX]
9. Turn off the Communication unit and then turn on the unit again to exit test mode.
4-32
2.2) USCG Mode

Before carrying out the test, be sure to check that the destination specified for the “Test
only” and Real+Test” in Mode of SSAS Report 1 to 5 settings. In Case of set to “Real”,
SSAS Test message is not sent, and [ERROR] lamps flashing.
Procedure)
1. Turn off the Communication unit.
2. Press the Alert button on No.1 IC-307.
3. Turn on the Communication unit and then enter test mode.
Entering test mode

ON → Power ON
4. The unit goes into "idle" state in test mode. If test mode is set to idle state, each lamp
lights for 1 second in the order of [POWER] -> [LOGIN] -> [TX], and this operation
is repeated.
5. Switch OFF the Alert button once, and then press the Alert button again.
After 4 seconds, transmission of the test report starts, and then [POWER], [LOGIN]
and [TX] lamps simultaneously start flashing at intervals of 0.4 seconds. In this case,
release the Alert button.
POWER, LOGIN and

TX lamps flash at
intervals of 0.4
seconds.
4-33
6. If transmission of the test report succeeds, each lamp lights for 1 second in the order
of [POWER] -> [LOGIN] -> [TX], and this operation is repeated.
When transmission succeeds:

POWER, LOGIN and TX lamps light every 1 second.
7. Turn off the Communication unit and turn on the unit again in order to exit test
mode.
4-34
4.6 AMS
4.6 AMS
4.6.1 Overview
1. Overview
In the FELCOM18/19, installed an connection function with the AMS unit, which is the
system for concentrated control monitoring of alert from Ver.01.06.
Ver.01.06; Felecom 18_TERM CPU, Flecom 19_COMMCPU,
Felcon 18_19 PC and VMS PC terminal.
Connecting with AMS comes in alert announcement for AMS, and the alert ACK
processing from FELCOM18/19.
As for the AMS connection, FELCOM 18/19 are connected via the LAN port. Then, the
setting for AMS in the FELCOM18/19, carries out in the Command Window.
2. Alert announcement and ACK: acknowledgement

Alert announcement generated in the FELCOM18/19 is used the ALR sentence. ACK
for the alert is used the ACK sentence output from the AMS unit.
Transmitting for alert announcement is transmitted in the following timing.
1) Event Transmission: Transmits when alert is generated or changed status, or
when ACK condition is changed.
2) Regular Transmission: Transmits the current alert condition and the ACK condition
every 30 seconds.
3) Start-up Transmission: Transmits for reset the AMS display.
ALR
FELCOM 18/19 AMS
ACK
ALR sentence format;

UTC, AMS Alert No.(Code No), Alert status(V, A), ACK status(V, A), Alert text
For ACK, when acknowledged the alert in the AMS side, acknowledges with the ACK
sentence from AMS to FELCOM18/19. ACK status becomes the ACK condition
completed with the buzzer stopped. Also, ACK is as follows.
1) Local ACK: Press the [ESC] key during the alert pop-up window displayed.
2) Remote ACK (AMS ACK): ACK operation in the AMS unit.
4-35
4.6 AMS
3. Alert Indication
The generated alert message is displayed in the orange pop-up window, which is
different from the conventional CAUTION pop-up window. If the multiple alerts are
generated, the alert appears every event.
Also, When Distress and Urgency message are received, its alert message is displayed
on the top pop-up window.
The generated error can be checked in the log-in of the Service Mode.
[Option] -> 9. Maintenance -> System Log
Also, the alert list for the current generated alert can be checked in the [Option] -> 0.
Alert menu. The displayed alert message is not deleted from the alert list when the ACK
status is “V” (not ACK condition) for the event, even if the event is solved.
System Log
Alert
4-36
4.6 AMS
4. Category of Alert
Code Content
001 EGC Synchronization loss.
002 Synchronization loss.
003 BBER over 80%.
010 Invalid MES ID.
013 Please update current ship position.
050 EEPROM ERROR.
100 ANT power voltage abnormality.
200 1st Local UNLOCK
201 2nd Local UNLOCK
300 TX Carrier power level abnormality.
500 Distress Priority Message received.
501 Distress Priority EGC Message received.
510 Urgent Priority EGC Message received.
640 DISTRESS ALERT UNIT Fault.
641 ALARM UNIT connection abnormality.
642 SSAS UNIT connection abnormality.
630 Internal GPS UNIT failure.
632 External NAV equipment failure.
730 Can't print. Printer not ready.( Offline/Paper Low)
NOTE:
Code number is classified as the following category.
Code Mean Code Mean Code Mean

0xx System 4XX Soft wear 8XX Reserved
1XX Power supply 5XX Rx Dis/Urg Msg. 9XX Reserved
2XX OSC/PLL 6XX Communication I/F
3XX AF/IF/RF circuit 7XX Option(peripheral equipment)
4-37
4.6 AMS
4.6.2 Overview for AMS Settings

1. Menu Tree
AMS Setup menu tree is as follows.
1. Legacy AMS mode ON/OFF
1．Distress Alert Stop Enable
1. Mode Setup 2. AlertIF1
2．Distress Alert Stop Disable
E: Exit
CS0000 ～ 9998 (ID No. of F18_19)
3. AMS Setup 2. MY SFI Setup
(CS: felcom18_19)
II0000 ～ 9998 (ID No. of AMS)
3. AMS SFI Setup
(II: AMS)
Appears number of Error packet
4. Error Log
（0~4,294,967,295）
E: Exit
2. Alert Mode
Alert Mode has the two kinds of the operation mode.
1) Legacy Mode: Conventional operation mode. None of the AMS connecting.
(ALR and ACK sentences does not handling)
2) AlertIF1: AMS alignment connecting mode
Differences of the respective mode are as follows.
Legacy Mode AlertIF1 Mode
Alert Acknowledgement
None Informs.
（ALR）
Operation when receiving the
None Operates
Alert ACK
When solved - Buzzer stops. - Buzzer is not stopped.
the event of HW Alert - Pop-up menu is deleted. - Pop-up menu is not deleted.
In setting of the AlertIF1, buzzer sounds change optional setting (buzzer sounds YES or NO) when
receiving Distress/Urgency MSG is existed for corresponding to special requirement of ship’s
classification.
The setting is “1．Distress Alert Stop Enable” and “2．Distress Alert Stop Disable”.
3. SFI：ｘｘｘｘｘｘ
SFI Setup consists of the ID number setting (two character model name and four digits).
On the basis of the ID number, communication between FELCOM18/19 and AMS unit
are carried out.
The setting is as follows.
- Model name of MY SFI Setup: FEOCOM 18/19 -> “CS”
- Model name of AMS SFI Setup: “IT”
4-38
4.6 AMS
4.6.3 AMS Settings

Procedure)
1. Refer to the page 4-7 to enter in the Furuno Service Mode.
2. Press the [3] -> [Enter] key to open the“3. AMS Setup”menu.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
3. AMS Setup
Enter JOB No.:1
[ AMS Setup Menu ]

1. Mode setup
2. MY SFI Setup
3. AMS SFI Setup
4. Error Log
E: Exit
Enter No.:
Mode Setup
3. Press the [1] -> [Enter] key to enter in the Mode Setup.
[ AMS Setup Menu ]

1. Mode setup
2. MY SFI Setup
3. AMS SFI Setup
4. Error Log
E: Exit
Enter No.:1
[ Mode setup ]
1. Legacy ON
2. AlertIF1
E: Exit
Enter AMS mode No,.
4. Setting for connecting with the AMS unit (YES or NO)

Default setting value is Legacy Mode.
5. Changes to the Legacy Mode when pressing the [1] -> [Enter] key. The display
shows “Legacy ON”. This indication appears when the setting is Legacy mode.
Setting of the MY SFI Setup and AMS SFI Setup is not required. When setting to
the AlertIF1 Mode, go to the procedure -6.
4-39
4.6 AMS
6. When pressing the [2] -> [Enter] key, changes to “AlertIF1 Mode”. And, the
[AlertIF1 Option] menu appears.
In case of “Distress Alarm Stop Enable”, press the [1] -> [Enter] key. In case of
“Distress Alarm Stop Disable”, press the [2] -> [Enter] key. Returns to the [AMS
Setup Menu] menu.
・Distress Alarm Stop Enable
Outputted Alarm sounds from the Felecom when receiving the
Distress/Urgency message can stop by ACK form AMS unit. When
deleting it with displaying the pop-up message in the terminal, press the
[ESC] key.
・Distress Alarm Stop Disable
Outputted Alarm sounds from the Felcom when receiving the
Distress/Urgency message cannot stop by AMS unit. When deleting it
with displaying the pop-up message in the terminal, press the [ESC] key.
Operation required in the GMDSS is this setting.
NOTE:
Regardless of the above mentioned setting, when pressing the [ESC] key
in the FELCOM 18/19 terminal unit side, alarm sound stop and pop-up
message are deleted in the terminal. In other words, this is an operation
for the ACK completion and the resolve of alert.
[ Mode setup ]
1. Legacy ON
2. AlertIF1
E: Exit
[ Mode setup ]
Enter AMS mode No,.2
1. Legacy ON
2. AlertIF1
[ AlertIF1 Option ]
E: Exit
1. Distress Alarm Stop Enable ON [ Mode setup ]
Enter AMS mode No,.2
2. Distress Alarm Stop Disable 1. Legacy
E: Exit 2. AlertIF1 ON
[ AlertIF1 Option ]
Enter AlertIF1 Option No. : 1. Distress Alarm Stop Enable ON E: Exit
2. Distress Alarm Stop Disable Enter AMS mode No,.
E: Exit
Enter AlertIF1 Option No. :2 [ AMS Setup Menu ]
1. Mode setup
2. MY SFI Setup
3. AMS SFI Setup
4. Error Log
E: Exit
Enter No.:
4-40
4.6 AMS
SFI Setup
7. When pressing the [2] -> [Enter] key, [MY SFI Setup] menu appears.
Input the ID number with the four digits of for the Felcom. When Felcom’s are
installed, do not register the same ID number. For example, input “0002”. Press the
[E] -> [Enter] key after the input. Returns to the [ASM Setup Menu] menu.
The model name “CS” cannot be changed.
[ AMS Setup Menu ]

1. Mode setup [ MY SFI Setup ]
2. MY SFI Setup SFI CS0001
3. AMS SFI Setup [ MY SFI Setup ]
4. Error Log SFI CS0002
0000 to 9998: SFI No.
E: Exit E: Exit
Enter No.:2 0000 to 9998: SFI No.
Enter SFI No. 0002
E: Exit
Enter SFI No. e
[ MY SFI Setup ] [ MY SFI Setup ]
SFI CS0001 SFI CS0002
[ AMS Setup Menu ]
0000 to 9998: SFI No. 1. Mode setup
0000 to 9998: SFI No.
E: Exit 2. MY SFI Setup
E: Exit
Enter SFI No.: 3. AMS SFI Setup
Enter SFI No.
4. Error Log
E: Exit
Enter No.:
8. When pressing the [3] -> [Enter] key, [ASM SFI Setup] menu appears.
Input the ID number of for the ASM unit. The ID number consists of the two digits
character and the four digits number.
For example, input the “II0002”. After the input, press the [ESC] key to out of the
Command Window.
[ MY SFI Setup ]
SFI CS0002
[ AMS Setup Menu ]
0000 to 9998: SFI No. 1. Mode setup [ AMS SIF Setup ]
E: Exit 2. MY SFI Setup SFI II0001
Enter SFI No. e 3. AMS SFI Setup
4. Error Log E: Exit
E: Exit Enter SFI: II0002
[ AMS Setup Menu ] Enter No.:3
1. Mode setup
[ AMS SIF Setup ]
2. MY SFI Setup [ AMS SIF Setup ] SFI II0002
3. AMS SFI Setup SFI II0001
4. Error Log
E: Exit
E: Exit E: Exit Enter SFI:
Enter No.: Enter SFI: II0002
4-41
4.6 AMS
Reference) Check for Error Log

Error part of the RX packet from the AMS unit can be checked The maximum of the
total count is 4,294,967,295.
However, respective error count is deleted when turning off power. Also, Log Clear
operation is not carried out except for the Furuno Service Mode.
Procedure)
1. Press the [3] -> [Enter] key to open the “3. AMS Setup”menu. And then, press the
[4] -> [Enter] key to open the “Error Log”.
[ Main Menu ] [ Error Log ]

1. Remote Box Setup Datagram header error 0
2. External Alarm Setup TAG block formatting error 0
3. AMS Setup TAG checksum error 0
Enter JOB No.:1 TAG syntax error 0
TAG framing error 0
[ AMS Setup Menu ] Sentence syntax error 0
1. Mode setup Total 0
2. MY SFI Setup
3. AMS SFI Setup 1. Log Clear
4. Error Log E: Exit
E: Exit Enter No.:
Enter No.:
2. Press the [ESC] key after checking to out of the Command Window.
4-42
4.7 Data Report
4.7 Data Report

4.7.1 Overview
1. Overview
Data Report is the service to send small amount of data, such as position data, course
and speed, from MES: FELCOM 18, 19 to users on the ground.
VMS (Vessel Monitoring System) and LRIT (Long-Range Identification and Tracking
of ship) use this service.
Polling is the service that enables users on the ground to send the Polling Command to
specific ship, specific group in the specific ocean region (area).
For example, the report is transmitted according to the Polling Command sent from the
LES (provider), or the report is transmitted according to intervals and start time for
transmitting the report programmed in MES.
To carry out Data Report, an agreement needs to be made between a user on the ground
and LES, which works as the provider, and DNID (Data Network ID; LES number)
needs to be downloaded into MES.
Table 4.7.1 Polling command list
Command
Meaning Polling Type
type
Send Unreserved Report as required
00H Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
in [Response]
01H Program Reserved Data Reporting Individual
02H Initiate Reserved Data Reporting Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
03H Stop Reserved Data Reporting Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
04H Program Unreserved Data Reporting Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
05H Initiate Unreserved Data Reporting Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
06H Stop Unreserved Data Reporting Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
07H Define Macro Encoded Message Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
08H Macro Encoded Message Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
09H Data Transmission Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
0AH Download DNID Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
0BH Delete DNID Individual
0C - 3FH Reserved
40 - 7FH User defined Any(Individual, Group, Area Polling)
For example, if the polling command "02H Initiate Reserved Data Reporting" is
received, initiates Data Reporting according to programming of "01H Program
Reserved Data Reporting."
4-43
4.7 Data Report
2. Types of Data Report protocols

Data Report is classified into the following protocols. Even if the protocol of Data
Report changes, contents to be report do not change.
Table 4.7.2 Data Report protocols
Data Report
Outline
types
Unreserved Data Report;
This is the simplest Data Report.
DR
Since there is no acknowledgment function, the Report may not be
transmitted securely.
Enhanced Data Report;
EDR The Report can be securely transmitted by using the acknowledgement
function after transmitting the report.
Pre-Assigned Data Report;
This report is the report, which is programmed on the ground and needs
PADR to be transmitted at fixed transmission intervals and fixed time (time).
Since there is no acknowledgment function in the same manner as DR,
the report may not be transmitted securely.
Enhanced Pre-Assigned Data Reporting;
This report is the report, which is programmed on the ground and
enables further control compared to PADR. This report needs to be
EPADR
transmitted at fixed transmission intervals and fixed time (time).
The report can be securely transmitted by using the acknowledgement
function after transmitting the report in the same way as EDR.
Acknowledgement function:
This function is used to check the checksum at the receiving side in order to confirm that
the report is securely transmitted. If there is abnormality in Check-Sum, the
retransmission request is sent to MES.
3. Sharing VMS and LRIT

Do not operate VMS and LRIT in the same equipment at the same time.
For example, when the unit is turned ON or OFF, or when an event, such as blocking,
occurs, the report is transmitted to all valid DNIDs (LRIT and VMS).
Note)
The above operation depends on the VMS setting file. This item is applied to "VMS
DNID only". Definition of this item is that the report is only transmitted to the DNID
dedicated for VMS when an event occurs.
If "FALSE" (default value) is set, above functions are applied to all DNIDs. If
"TRUE" is set, the report is transmitted to the DNID in which characters "VMS" are
entered in the "Name" field for DNID. Whether to add characters "VMS" is decided
by the provider.
4-44
4.7 Data Report
4. Data Report by operating menu

There is a way to transmit the report by programming Destination and intervals with
operations of FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19 instead of transmitting the report by use of
Polling Command.
[Report] -> 1. Data Report -> 1. Data Report to 4. Data Report:
-> Enhanced Data Report
-> Usual Data Report
[Report] -> 3. Enhanced Pre-Assigned Data Report (EPADR)
-> 1. EPADR - 4. EPADR
[Report] -> 2.Message Report is the Data Report using Message Channel.
Data Report is transmitted in the same way as TELX and E-Mail. The above Report
uses Signaling Channel; therefore the system is different.
5. Displaying Data Report

If the program is downloaded after downloading DNID, "Running Report Program
(POLL)" appears at the lower left of the Status screen.
"Data Report" appears while transmitting the Data Report.
Note)
For example, when the unit is turned ON or OFF, or when an event, such as
blocking, occurs, the report is transmitted to all valid DNIDs (LRIT and VMS).
4-45
4.7 Data Report
4.7.2 Enabling/Disabling DNID

DNID of VMS and LRIT, which is downloaded for transmitting the Data Report, can be
enabled or disabled.
However, applicability of DNID (enabled or disabled) is defined by the VMS setting
file when VMS is set to "ON."
For example, <setting key="Forbid DNID Inhibit" value="true" /> is defined in the
FFA VMS file; therefore DNID cannot be disabled. Be sure to set VMS "OFF" when
enabling or disabling DNID.
Procedure)
1. Open [Report] -> 4.Data Network ID.
2. Select the DNID to be enabled or disabled, and then press [ENTER] key.
When the password entry screen appears, enter the password “data network id,” and
then press [ENTER].
4-46
4.7 Data Report
3. When the screen for enabling or disabling the DNID appears, select the item to be set.
- Disable
DNID is disabled. Data Report is not executed.
Act display:-
- Enable
DNID is enabled.
If the setting is returned from Enable (24-hour) or Enable (Temporary stop) to
"Enable," the transmission cycle is set to "6 hours" for the following transmission
regardless of the transmission cycle specified by the Polling command.
Act display: *
- Enable (24-hour)
As for report using the Polling Command, the transmission cycle is set to "24
hours" for the first and subsequent transmissions regardless of the transmission
cycle specified by using the Polling command for Data Report.
Act display: 24h
- Enable (Temporary stop)

Transmission is temporarily stopped.
Act display: STP
4-47
4.7 Data Report
4.7.3 VMS setting

Report setting needs to be defined according to operation requirements of VMS.
For example, at FFA, whether to transmit the report when an event, turning ON/OFF the
unit, Blocking, entry into or exit from the specified ocean region, occurs, and setting for
hiding that the report is being transmitted needs to be made on the Status screen.
The above VMS setting is made using the PC terminal for VMS.
See "Chapter 7. PC Terminal" for how to install the following VMS PC terminal
software and start up the software.
- VMS_FELCOM18_PC_V01.0x_Rxxxx
- VMS_FELCOM19_PC_V01.0x_Rxxxx
Note that the PC terminal software for FELCOM 18 and 19 and VMS PC software
cannot be installed on the same PC.
1. Setting VMS ON
Procedure)
1. Double-click the "VMS_FxxPC" to start up the VMS PC terminal.
2. "0.VMS Mode" is added when opening the [Report] menu. Open "0.VMS Mode".
3. When the Password entry screen appears, enter the Password: 123456789.
Password: 123456789
4-48
4.7 Data Report
4. The VMS Mode screen appears. Set VMS function "ON" and then press [Enter] key.
VMS Function -> ON
5. Click "LOAD" and select the VMS file to be set (for example,
"felcom_vmssettings_FFA.xml"). The path of the selected VMS setting file appears
on the LOAD column. Press [Enter].
LOAD
4-49
4.7 Data Report
6. Parameters of the selected VMS setting file are reflected on the VMS SETTINGS
screen. Select [Apply] on this screen and then click [Enter] key.
Select [Apply].
7. If the VMS function activates, the preset "VMS name" appears at the lower left of
the Status screen.
ex: FFA is active.
4-50
4.7 Data Report
2. Setting VMS OFF

Procedure)
1. Double-click the "VMS_FxxPC" to start up the VMS PC terminal.
2. Open "0.VMS Mode" from [Report] menu.
3. When the password entry screen appears, enter the password: 123456789.
Password: 123456789
4. The VMS Mode screen appears. Set the VMS function "OFF" and then press [Enter].
5. Click [LOAD], select the VMS filer for VMS to be deleted or select any VMS setting
file, and then press [Enter] key. The path of the selected VMS setting file appears on
the LOAD column.
For example, select "felcom_vmssettings_FFA.xml."
LOAD
4-51
4.7 Data Report
6. When the “CHANGE VMS SETTINGS” screen appears, select [Apply] and then
press [Enter] key.
Select [Apply].
7. If the VMS function is set to "OFF," the VMS name that appears at lower left of the
Status screen disappears.
The VSM name disappears.
4-52
4.7 Data Report
3. Checking the VMS setting

When the VMS setting file is loaded, setting parameters are reflected on the VMS
SETTINGS screen.
Following is the "felcom_vmssetings_FFA.xml" setting file.
4-53
4.7 Data Report
4. Editing the VMS setting file (reference)
Do not edit the VMS setting file without reason. Each VMS setting parameter
meets the requirements of corresponding VMS. This section is provided to help
you understand VMS.
When changing the setting of VMS parameters, edit the “felcom_vmssetings_xxx.xml”

file and then upload the file. The VMS setting file is in xml format. This file can be
edited by using WordPad and TraPad, etc.
Following is the example of contents of the "felcom_vmssetings_FFA(E-Form).xml" file.
As for "<setting key="xxxxxx" value="xxx" />", Seeing key= indicates the setting and
it is fixed, and value="xxx" indicates the parameter. "True" indicates ON and "false"
indicates OFF.
Also, if value="" is used instead of value="xxx," the setting value does not appear.
Also, the setting group is classified from "<group name="xxx" >" to "</group>."
Example of contents of the "felcom_vmssetings_FFA(E-Form).xml" file

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <? Xxxxxx ?>: Indicates xml format.
 <!—xxxx -->: Shows the comment.
<vmssettings version="Unused" info="FFA" mode="08"> Indicates the start of the file.
<setting key="VMS Feature" value="true" />
<group name="General" > Start of the General group
<setting key="Allow External NAV Data" value="false" />
<setting key="Preferred NAV Data Source" value="GPS" />
<setting key="Disable Logout" value="true" />
<setting key="VMS DNID only" value="false" />
<setting key="Forbid DNID Inhibit" value="true" />
<setting key="Hidden VMS" value="true" />
<setting key="EFORM" value="true" />
<group name="Report Contents" > Start of the Report Contents group
<setting key="Position" value="true" />
<setting key="Course_Speed" value="true" />
<setting key="Engine" value="false" />
<setting key="Program Version" value="false" />
<setting key="Satellite Information" value="false" />
<setting key="Area entered" value="false" />
<setting key="Area left" value="false" />
</group> End of the Report Contents group
<setting key="Report Retransmissions" value="10" />
</group> /: End of the Report Contents group
<group name="Scan-Enable Ocean Region" > Start of the Scan-Enable Ocean
Region group
<setting key="Current NCS" value="true" />
<setting key="AOR-E" value="true" />
<setting key="AOR-W" value="true" />
<setting key="IOR" value="true" />
<setting key="POR" value="true" />
</group> /: End of the Scan-Enable Ocean
Region group
<group name="Current Position Log" > Start of the Current Position Log group
4-54
4.7 Data Report
<setting key="Period" value="60" />

</group> End of the Current Position Log group
<group name="Event Report" > Start of the Event Report group
<setting key="First Position" value="true" />
<setting key="Last Position" value="true" />
<setting key="Antenna Fail" value="true" />
<setting key="Antenna Blocked" value="true" />
<setting key="GPS Blocked" value="true" />
<setting key="Stored Reports" value="true" />
<setting key="Enter Reduced Reporting Mode" value="false" />
<setting key="Leave Reduced Reporting Mode" value="false" />
<setting key="Enter Area Report" value="true" />
<setting key="Leave Area Report" value="true" />
</group> End of the Event Report group
<group name="Reduced Reporting" > Start of the Reduced Reporting group
<setting key="Use" value="false" />
<setting key="Interval" value="" />
<group name="EnterCondition" > Start of the EnterCondition group
<setting key="distance" value="" />
<setting key="time" value="" />
</group> End of the EnterCondition group
<group name="LeaveCondition" > Start of the LeaveCondition group
<setting key="distance" value="" />
<setting key="time" value="" />
</group> End of the LeaveCondition group
</group> End of the Reduced Reporting group
</vmssettings> Indicates the end of file.
4-55
4.7 Data Report
As for the parameter to be changed, for example, in case of "<setting key="Allow

External NAV Data" value="false" />," the part [value="false"] is changed. “False”
indicates “OFF” and “True” indicates “ON”. As for setting other than ON/OFF, see
"Setting" in the following table.
Although the name can be changed, do not change the extension.
Table 4.7.3 Meaning of VMS parameters
Item Setting Meaning

Current
Enabling/Disabling the VMS function
VMS Feature True/False - TRUE: VMS function is enabled.
- FALSE: VMS function is disabled.
Normally, manual input is used for VMS.
Allow EXT Nav
True/False - TRUE: Setting NavPort is available.
Data
- FALSE: Setting NavPort is not available.
GPS - GPS: Only internal GPS data is used (default).
Preferred NAV Data
GLONASS - GLONASS: Data input from the NAV port (talker GL) is used.
Source
GNSS - GNSS: Data input from the NAV port (regardless talker) is used.
- TRUE: Logout connection state cannot be retained
Disable Logout True/False (automatic Login).
- Logout connection state is retained while FALSE is set.
Event Report, Reduced Reporting and Area Report Interval
functions are only applied to DNID dedicated for VMS.
OFF: If FALSE is set, the above function is applied to all
DNIDs. If characters "VMS" are entered in the "Name"
VMS DNID only True/False field for DNID registration, the DNID is recognized as
the DNID dedicated for VMS.
- TRUE: The Data Report is only transmitted to the DNID
dedicated for VMS.
- FALSE: The Data Report is transmitted to all DNIDs.
- TRUE: DNID cannot be manually disabled.
Forbid DNID Inhibit True/False
- FALSE: DNID can be manually disabled.
Setting whether to display the transmission status on the
Status screen, Sent Report Log and Communication Log
Hidden VMS True/False
- TRUE: Transmission status of Data Report is not displayed.
- FALSE: Transmission status of Data Report is displayed.
- TRUE: EFORM is available.
EFORM True/False
- FALSE: EFORM is not available.
Report Contents
- TRUE: The report containing Position information is
transmitted.
Position True/False
- FALSE: The report containing Position information is not
transmitted.
- TRUE: The report containing Course/Speed information is
transmitted.
Course/Speed True/False
- FALSE: The report containing Course/Speed information is
not transmitted.
Specification of NYK
Engine True/False
Engine +Position + Course/Speed
4-56
4.7 Data Report
Russia KKCM/MRCM type

- TRUE: The report containing Program Version information
Program Version True/False is transmitted.
- FALSE: The report containing Program Version information
is not transmitted.
Russia KKCM/MRCM type
- TRUE: The report containing satellite information is
Satellite
True/False transmitted.
Information
- FALSE: The report containing satellite information is not
transmitted.
- TRUE: The report notifying entry into the area is
transmitted.
Area entered True/False
- FALSE: The report notifying entry into the area is not
transmitted.
- TRUE: The report that notifies leaving from the area is
transmitted.
Area left True/False
- FALSE: The report that notifies leaving from the area is not
transmitted.
Setting number of retries for processing failed report
Report
0 – 10 Note) In case of Stored Report is enabled;
Retransmissions
Report Retransmission setting is disabled,
Scan-Enable
Ocean Region
During scan process,
Current(auto-chg
True/False - TRUE: Scanning Current NCS is made.
NCS)
- FALSE: Scanning Current NCS is not made.
AOR-E True/False - TRUE: Scanning AOR-E is made.
- FALSE: Scanning AOR-E is not made.
AOR-W True/False - TRUE: Scanning AOR-W is made.
- FALSE: Scanning AOR-W is not made.
IOR True/False - TRUE: Scanning IOR is made.
- FALSE: Scanning IOR is not made.
POR True/False - TRUE: Scanning POR is made.
- FALSE: Scanning POR is not made.
Current Position Log
Intervals for recording the log:
Period 1-1440
1 to 1440 minutes (default is 60 minutes.)
Event Report
Report that is sent when the unit is turned ON
First Position
True/False - TRUE: First Position Report is transmitted.
Report (MEM 40H)
- FALSE: First Position Report is not transmitted.
Report that is sent when the unit is turned OFF
Last Position
True/False - TRUE: Last Position Report is transmitted.
Report (MEM 42H)
- FALSE: Last Position Report is not transmitted.
The report that is transmitted when the antenna is removed
Antenna Fail
True/False - TRUE: Antenna Fail Report is transmitted.
Report (MEM 44H)
- FALSE: Antenna Fail Report is not transmitted.
The report that is transmitted when signal from satellites is
Antenna Blocked not detected
True/False
Report (MEM 45H) - TRUE: Antenna Blocked Report is transmitted.
- FALSE: Antenna Blocked Report is not transmitted.
4-57
4.7 Data Report
The report that is sent while GPS data is disabled

GPS Blocked
True/False - TRUE: GPS Blocked Report is transmitted.
Report (MEM 58H)
- FALSE: GPS Blocked Report is not transmitted.
The report that is sent when transmission fails
Stored Report - TRUE: Stored Report is transmitted.
True/False
(MEM 46H) Note) Report Retransmission function is disabled.
- FALSE: Stored Report is not transmitted.
Enter Reduced Start of Reduced Reporting Mode
Reporting Mode True/False - TRUE: Reduced Reporting Mode starts.
(MEM 55H) - FALS: Enter Reduced Reporting Mode does not start.
Leave Reduced Leaving from Reduced Reporting Mode
Reporting Mode True/False - TRUE: Leaves from Reduced Reporting Mode.
(MEM 57H) - FALS: Does not leave Reduced Reporting Mode.
- TRUE: The report that notifies entering from the area is
Enter Area Report transmitted.
True/False
（MEM 47H） - FALSE: The report that notifies entering from the area is not
transmitted.
- TRUE: The report that notifies leaving from the area is
Leave Area Report transmitted.
True/False
(MEM 48H) - FALSE: The report that notifies leaving from the area is not
transmitted.
Reduced Reporting
- TRUE: Reduced Reporting function is enabled.
Use (MEM 56H) True/False
- FALSE: Reduced Reporting function is disabled.
Intervals (minutes) for transmitting the report in Reduced
Interval 5-1440
Reporting Mode
Enter Condition Conditions for recognizing entry into the area are set.
distance 1-999 Reduced Reporting Mode is enabled according to conditions
of distance (A) and Time (B). With this setting, conditions for
entering Reduced Reporting are set.
Whether to enter Reduced Mode is determined based on
how many meters the ship moves in specified time.
- If the ship moves only 1 meter in 1 minute (1 m/1 min):
Moves to Enter Reduced Reporting Mode.
time 1-1440
- If the ship moves only 400 meters in 180 minutes
(400 m/180 min):
(999 m/1440 min):
Leave Condition Conditions for recognizing leaving from the area are set.
distance 1-999 Reduced Reporting Mode is enabled according to conditions
of distance (A) and Time (B). With this setting, conditions for
leaving Reduced Reporting are set.
Whether to leave from Reduced Mode is determined based
on how many meters the ship moves in specified time.
- If the ship moves only 1 meter in 1 minute (1 m/1 min):
Moves to Leave Reduced Reporting Mode.
time 1-1440 - If the ship moves only 400 meters in 180 minutes
(400 m/180 min):
(999 m/1440 min):
4-58
4.7 Data Report
Reference) Relation between DNID and Data Report of the VMS

For example, “POR ： LES=203, DNID=21100, Sub=1” and “IOR ： LES=303,
DNID=21100, Sub=1” are the common DNID.
In single DNID is registered, when Polling Program in the POR(for example) is
registered, own ship functionates as the effective Polling Program after moved from
POR area to IOR area.
However, when the Polling Program is registered in respective sea area, Polling
Program of the own ship’s sea area is effective.
Table 4.7.4 In case of single Polling Program
Region AOR-W AOR-E POR IOR

Note
DNID 004/7504/1/13 104/7504/1/13 204/7504/1/13 -
Polling
Exist - - -
Program
Data Report is
Polling Transmitting Transmitting Transmitting
- transmitted in the
Data Report Data Report Data Report Data Report
common DNID sea area.
Polling
Possible Possible Possible -
Start/Stop
Table 4.7.5 In case of two or more Polling Programs
Region AOR-W AOR-E POR IOR

Note
DNID 004/7504/1/13 104/7504/1/13 204/7504/1/13 -
Polling
Exist Exist - -
Program
Data Report is
Polling Data Transmitting Transmitting transmitted with the own
- -
Report Data Report Data Report ship’s sea are Polling
Program.
Polling
Possible Possible - -
Start/Stop
Also, as for the Stored Report function;

Stored Report function is; transmits again when the unit comes into “Unsync
“condition, fails the Data report and returns to the “Sync” condition.
Also, when the Stored Report function described in the VMS setting file is effective,
Retransmission function is ignored.
4-59
4.7 Data Report
5. Setting E-FORM
The E-FORM (Electronic form) function is “applicable to FFA VMS type FELCOM
19. ”
E-FORM is the xml file, which is transmitted from FFA in the form of E-Mail via
satellite circuit and downloaded into the VMS PC terminal connected to FELCOM 19.
In this system, an FFA subscriber writes requirements in the specific downloaded file
and sends the file to FFA via E-Mail.
Restrictions on E-FORM
1) Maximum number of E-FORM programs
A maximum of 20 different E-FORM programs need to be supported.
2) Version
A maximum of 100 different E-FORM programs need to be supported.
3) Number of transmitted reports
A maximum of 100 E-FORM reports need to be stored. If there are more than 101
reports, the old file is deleted.
4) Number of unsent messages
A maximum of 100 E-FORM reports need to be stored. If there are more than 101
reports, the old file is deleted.
6. Activating E-FORM
Key points)
1) Using VMS_F19 Terminal PC,
as for E-FORM setting in the FFA VMS setting file, confirm that <setting
key="EFORM" value="true" /> is set to "true."
2) Set the above FFA VMS "ON."
3) Using F19_PC Terminal PC of user,
place “FelcomEForm.dll” and “FelcomEForm.exe” in the directory of the
execution file for “VMS_F19PC”.
4-60
4.7 Data Report
Procedure)
1. Using VMS_F19 Terminal PC, set FFA VMS "ON."
2. Install F19_PC Terminal software to user PC,

confirm that the F19PC.exe file is stored in the “C:¥Program Files¥Furuno ¥FELCOM19”
folder, which is automatically created when F19PC is installed.
3. Paste E-FORM files (FelcomEForm.dll and FelcomEForm.exe) here.
Pasting FelcomEForm.dll
and FelcomEForm.exe
4. When F19PC terminal software starts up, "4.E-FORM" is added to [Transmit] menu.
Transmit
1. Transmit Message
2. Cancel
3. Request Delivery Status
4. E-FORM
7. Opening E-FORM
The E-FORM file is downloaded from FFA via satellite circuit and stored in the specific
folder "original" for F19PC. Or, the E-FORM file can be pasted on this folder.
If the E-FORM file is pasted on the specified folder by any of the methods, E-FORM
becomes available.
The location of the specified folder is as follows.
C:¥ Documents and Settings ¥ installuser ¥ Application Data ¥ Furuno ¥ EFORMs
¥ original
4-61
4.7 Data Report
Reference) versiontest-10.10.efm
This file is the E-FORM file, which is created when E-FORM is activated. The file
form shown in the following figure is not "E-FORM" downloaded from FFA.
4-62
4.7 Data Report
4.7.4 ON/OFF setting for LRIT Mode

If LRIT mode is set to ON,
LRIT Report has priority over EGC reception. The priority of transmission of normal
message and reception of LRIT message is the same.
For example, since transmission of the LRIT Report starts at the time set for LRIT
Report even while receiving EGC message, EGC reception is paused.
Therefore, do not set LRIT Mode “ON” if FELCOM 18 is GMDSS compliant.
If LRIT Mode is set to OFF,
EGC reception is prioritized.
Also, if LRIT Report protocol is programmed by use of EDR, attempts to retransmit
the report are made a maximum of "5 times" if the LRIT Report is not properly
transmitted while LRIT Mode is set to ON. If LRIT Mode is set to OFF,
retransmission of the LRIT Report is not carried out.
Regardless of ON/OFF setting of LRIT mode,
if MES is in busy state by message reception or other reasons, the LRIT Report is
suspended until status becomes ready. The standby time is 5 minutes.
If busy condition continues for 5 minutes, data report is not transmitted at that time.
Note)
For example, when the unit is turned ON or OFF, or when an event, such as
blocking, occurs, the report is transmitted to all valid DNIDs (LRIT and VMS).
Procedure)
To set up LRIT Mode, open [Setup] -> System -> Command Window, and then enter
the following LRIT command in JOB No.
- lrit on : Standard LRIT Mode is set.
- lrit off : Standard/Russia LRIT are set to OFF.
- lrit Russia : Russia LRIT Mode is set.
4-63
4.7 Data Report
Setting Standard LRIT
Setting Russia LRIT
Standard LRIT ON
As for external GPS sentences, enter ZDA, VTG, and RMC or GGA and GNS at the
geodetic reference system (Datum) for WGS84.
Russia LRIT ON
[Setup] -> System Setup -> NAV Port preferentially uses GLONASS (talker: $GL).
Contents to be reported are Position + Course Speed.
As for external GPS sentences, enter ZDA, VTG, and RMC or GGA and GNS at the
geodetic reference system (Datum) for WGS84.
4-64
4.7 Data Report
4.7.5 Checking the operation status of Program Report

To check the operation status of the programmed LRIT and VMS, enter Furuno service
mode from [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Command window, and then type "Show
prog." As for Data Report using the EDADR protocol, type "slcainfo."
Contents to be displayed and printed are basically the same even if Data Report varies
depending on the protocol.
4-65
Chapter 5. Block Description
5.1 Configuration
5.1 Configuration
5.1.1 Configuration of the board
1. FELCOM 18
IC-118
Antenna unit
-90deg. 0deg.
ANT BASE
(16P0279)
J1
ANT RF
(16P0285)
TNC J2
TP5FBAW-5DFB(30m)
8D-FB-CV(50m)
12D-SFA-CV(100m)
IC-218
TNC
Terminal unit
DGPS ANT
RF J7 J1
RF CON
(16P0284A)
TCXO CTRL, MCLK CODEC,
J2 J5 J3
J6
GPS Sig.
PLL LE1, PLL DATA,

PLL CLK, PLL LD2,
6.5V, 3.3V, HPA ON,
CHECK V, ANT TX,

HPA ON, DET SIG,
PLL LE2, PLL LD1,
2nd IF Q, 2nd IF I
TX RX, TX DATA,
ANT TX, ANT RX
RF AGC CTRL,
IF AGC CTRL,
28V / 7V
GPS
CHECK V,
(16P0246)
ANT RX,
J1
TD, RD,
VBAK, VCC JUNCTION
J3 J4 J13 J12
VCC, TD/RD-A/B, ALM-H/C, RD-A/B,
SSAS OUT-H/C, SSAS-CHECK,
J2 SSAS IN-C, SSAS CTRL
J1 15pin D-sub
DC(+)
DC(-)
J1 LAN
12 - 24VDC
J5 J11 J10
(16P0214A)
J1 LCD CTRL, RJ45

TERMPWR LCD PWM,
5V, 3.3V, 6.5V
(16P0287B)
PWR C
DTE
TERMCPU J1
(16P0283B)
RXD, TXD 9pin D-sub
Not Used
PRINTER
PRT STB N, PRT D[0]-[7], PRT ACK N,
PRT BUSY, PRT PE, PRT SEL,
PRT ALF N, PRT ERR N, PRT INIT N,
PRT SELIN N 25pin D-sub
J2 J7 J6 J6
J2
6.5V, BUZ,
3.3V, CD, WP, SD DAT0-3, CLK,

DC(-), SW(+),
LED, SW
LEDA, LEDK
USB PWR EN, USB PWR FLG N,

D(+), D(-), 5V
8V
J5 J7
B(+)
3.3VLCD, INO+/-,
IN1+/-, IN2+/-, CLK+/-
J1 J1
SW SD USB
(16P0294) LCD (16P0289)
J2 J3
SD CARD KEY BOARD
Fig. 5.1.1 Configuration of the board of FELCOM 18
5-1
5.1 Configuration
2. FELCOM 19
Fig. 5.1.2 Configuration of the board of FELCOM 19
5.1.2 Major functions of the board

Table 5.1.1 Major functions of the board
Board Function Remarks

Directional characteristics
DAISY - Horizontal: Non-directivity
LOOP type - Vertical: EL=90 deg -> 0 dBi and more
antenna EL= 5 deg -> +1.3 dBi and more
- Polarization: Right circular polarization wave
This antenna consists of TX/RX RF amplifier circuit and
Duplexer, and TX and RX are switched by antenna
As for differences
supplied voltage: TX 28 V (27 V) / RX 7 V.
ANT RF between IC-118
Also, this antenna automatically stops the transmission
IC-118: and IC-119, the
when the temperature of the board is over +95 deg.
16P0285 transmit PA AMP
- ANT RF RX input level: -141 to -129 dBm
IC-119: and transmit
- ANT RF RX output level: -106.2 to-86.2 dBm
16P0286 output are
- ANT RF TX input level: -2 to +13 dBm
different.
- ANT RF TX output: IC-118/42 dBm, IC-119/+39.5 dBm
- Continuous transmission time: 15 minutes
5-2
5.1 Configuration
Receiving circuit:
The RF signal from Antenna unit is changed to I
RF CON signal and Q signal of 2nd IF 7.5 kHz and the signal
IC-218 is sent to the TERMCPU board.
16P0284A Transmit circuit:
IC-219 TX DATA in 600/1200 sps Base band that is
16P0284B changed to signals on the TERMCPU (COMMCPU)
board is modulated at 1.6 GHz band/ BPSK and then
output to the Antenna unit.
This board is equipped with the function for processing
transmit and receive signals, communication protocol
control function and interface function. Also, this board
outputs AGC, TCXO and PLL control signals to the RF
TERMCPU
CON board.
IC-218:
As for the receive signal, I signal and Q signal of 2nd
16P0283B
IF 7.5 kHz from RF CON board are input. As for the
transmit signal, TX DATA (600/1200sps) of the Base
band that are changed to signals is output to the RF
CON board.
Input voltage: This board is 12 to 24 V switching
regulator and equipped with the circuit protecting from
As for status monitor
Low-input voltage, Over-voltage and Over-current.
display relevant to
Output voltage are 28/7 V, 6.5 V, 5 V, 3.3 V, 8 V.
TERMPWR power supply, enter
28/7 V is switched by the HPA ON signal at the
IC-218: Furuno service mode
antenna power supply.
16P0287B and execute [Option]
Detection of status monitor signal:
-> 8.Test ->
- CHECK V: Antenna Power supply
3.Diagnostic.
- TX ANT: Detection of current level at TX 28 V
- RX ANT: Detection of current level at RX 7 V
PWR C
This board consists of the noise filter and the power
IC-218
reverse connection protector diode.
(16P0214A)
This board has the same functions as the TERMCPU
COMMCPU
board of IC-218.
IC-219:
However, SD-USB, Printer, Serial RS-232C, LCD, and
16P0282
a Buzzer function are removed.
Input voltage: This board is 12 to 24 V switching
regulator and equipped with the circuit protecting from
As for status monitor
Low-input voltage, Over-voltage and Over-current.
display relevant to
Output voltage are 27/7 V, 6.5 V, 3.3 V.
COMMPWR power supply, enter
27/7 V is switched by the HPA ON signal at the
IC-219: Furuno service mode
Antenna power supply.
16P0288 and then execute
Detecting the following status monitor signal:
[Option] -> 8.Test ->
- CHECK V: Antenna Power supply
3.Diagnostic.
- TX ANT: Detection of current level at TX 27 V
- RX ANT: Detection of current level at RX 7 V
PWR C
IC-219 This board is mounted with the Power connector.
(16P0227B)
GPS This board outputs GSA, ZDA, GPenc and GPtst.
Receiver GPenc is encoded data.
5-3
5.2 ADE
5.2 ADE
5.2.1 Outline of Antenna unit
The Antenna unit consists of ANT RF board, ANT B and the Bird cage-type antenna
element. Since transmit output is different between FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19, the
ANT RF board is different.
Table 5.2.1 Difference of Antenna unit
Difference FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19

Antenna unit IC-118 IC-119
Board ANT RF(16P0285) ANT RF(16P0286)
ANT RF output Output of +41.0 to 43.0 dBm Output of +38.5 to 40.5 dBm
12 to 16 dBW (Antenna 7 to 16 dBW (Antenna
Transmit EIRP
elevation angle is 5 deg.) elevation angle is 5 deg.)
Tx 28 V / Rx 7 V Tx 27 V / Rx 7 V
Supply voltage
(Tx: 2.8 A) (Tx: 1.5 A)
Transmit PA
BLF3G21_30 MRF6S20010GNR1
amplifier
Compatibility of Antenna unit

Although different antenna unit cannot be connected, a different Antenna unit can be
temporarily connected according to the following table in order to check equipment and
detect failures of Antenna or Communication unit.
Also, when connecting other Antenna unit, the Antenna coaxial cable having the
standard length for the equipment needs to be used. For example, when connecting
Antenna unit: IC-115 of FELCOM 15 to FELCOM 18, IC-115 may break if the cable is
shorter than the specified coaxial cable length.
Table 5.2.2 Antenna unit combination
ADE Antenna to be connected

FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19 FELCOM 15 FELCOM 16
BDE (IC-118) (IC-119) (IC-115) (IC-116)
FELCOM 18 OK OK OK OK
FELCOM 19 NGNote1) OK NG Note1) OK
FELCOM 15 NG Note2) NG Note2) OK OK
Note1) Note2) Note1)
FELCOM 16 NG NG NG OK
Note1) There is a possibility that a PWR board may break.

Note2) There is a possibility that a power may not be turned on.
5-4
5.2 ADE
5.2.2 Antenna element

Antenna unit consists of the element, the 3 dB hybrid and the reflector.
The Antenna unit is developed by FURUNO and called "DAISY LOOP ANT." The
element has Bird cage-like shape.
As for FELCOM 18, ANT RF output, 42 dBm of 1.6 GHz band is radiated from the
Antenna by 14 dBW. As for FELCOM 19, +40 dBm is radiated from the Antenna by 9
dBW of EIRP
Also, the receiving signal of the power flux density, -148 dBW/m2 to–136 dBW/m2 of
1.5 GHz band is output to the ANT RF receiving circuit with the level of–141 dBm
to–129 dBm.
- TX/RX antenna gain: more than 1.3 dBi

(When the antenna elevation angle is +5°.)
- Directional characteristics
Horizontal: Non-directivity
Vertical: 1.3 - 1.5sin (θ - 5) dBi
(+5°< θ < +90°)
-2.7 + 4cos [4.5 (θ - 5) ]dBi
(-15°< θ < +5°)
- Polarization: Right circular polarization wave 0 dig. -90 deg.
3db
Hybrid
ANT RF
50 ohm
F18:16P0285
F19: 16P0286
Fig. 5.2.1 Outline of Antenna element
The following figure shows the vertical directivity of reception (transmission is similar)
of FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19.
Horizontal directivity is approximately circular and has non-directivity.
1537.0 to 1544.2MHz
Fig. 5.2.2 Vertical directivity
5-5
5.2 ADE
5.2.3 ANT RF
FELCOM 18(IC-118): 16P0285
FELCOM 19(IC-119): 16P0286
ANT RF board consists of the transmitting RF amplifier circuit, the receiving RF
amplifier circuit, the receiving GPS amplifier circuit, the circuit for switching TX and
RX, and the Heat protecting circuit. Also, Duplexer is installed at the input/output unit
of TX/RX RF circuit at the Antenna side in order to divide TX/RX RF signal.
Receiving circuit
Receiving gain: 38.8 dB ± 4 dB NF=2.0 dB max. GPS: 34 dB ± 3 dB
- ANT RF input signal (1537.0 to 1544.2MHz) level: - 141to - 129 dBm
- ANT RF output signal level: - 106.2 to - 86.2 dBm
- ANT RF input signal (1575.42 MHz) level of the GPS reception signal: - 130 dBm
- ANT RF output signal level of the GPS reception signal: Output at - 99.0 to - 93.0 dBm
Transmit circuit
- ANT RF input signal level (1626.5 to 1646.5 MHz): - 2 to +13 dBm
- ANT RF output signal level: +41 to 43 dBm (IC-118), +38.5 to 40.5 dBm (IC-119)
- Continuous transmission time: More than 15 minutes
Q1;
IC-118: BLF3G21_30
IC-119: MRF6S2001GNR1
TX 5V Q4 CR4 Q2 Q3 Q1
BPF Limiter ATT
J2 CR1 TX IN
R17
R20
C32 FL7 0 deg. 90 deg.

RX OUT
J1
L7
FL4 Duplexer
RX 5V 1575.42MHz
GPS
ANT_BASE
ATT BPF
U6
U5 U3
U4 U8
16P0289
COMB 1537 - 1544.2MHz DIV
FL6 U7 FL5
IC-118:28/7V ATT BPF ATT BPF
IC-119:27/7V
27/7V
27/7V
Q7
5V
SW 5V RX
U2
5V Q6 5V
SW SW 5V TX
Reg. U1 U9 Q5
ANT_RF
U10 Temp FELCOM 18: 16P0285
Sensor
FELCOM 19: 16P0286
Fig. 5.2.3 Block diagram of Antenna
5-6
5.2 ADE
The antenna supply: TX 28 V (27 V) / RX 7 V, the transmit signal (1.6 GHz) and
receive signal (1.5 GHz) are superimposed on the Antenna coaxial cable connected to
the Terminal (Communication) unit.
As for voltage of ANT RF TX and RX circuit, the input voltage, TX 28 V (27V) / RX
7V is detected by the comparator, U1. The output controls Q7 and Q6 in order to
generate the voltage of 5 V RX and 5 V TX.
Also, the Heat detection circuit: U10 is installed to stop the transmission by setting 5 V
TX to “OFF” when the temperature is more than +95°C.
CR4 on the TX circuit is used as the Limiter. Since the Antenna coaxial cable is short
and cable loss is small, the TX PA circuit is protected from the excessive input level
even if the ANT RF input level increases.
Also, as the level diagram, transmit output of the Terminal unit is 10 to 15 dBm and
ANT RF input level is - 2 to +13 dBm. Even though the assumed range of cable loss is 2
to 12 dB, use the coaxial cable having the standard length.
For example, if 5D-FB-CV coaxial cable of which standard length is 30 meters is cut
into 15 meters, the cable loss is reduced from 8 dB to 4 dB; however the ANT RF
circuit does not break.
-148 to -136 dBW/m2 FELCOM 18: 12 to 16 dBw

ADE -> RX RF: 1537.0 to 1544.2 MHz BDE

<- TX RF: 1626.5 to 1646.5 MHz
5D-FB-CV: 30 m
Tx RF In: -2 to +13 dBm 8D-FB-CV: 50 m
Rx RF Out: -106.2 to - 86.2 dBm 12D-SFA-CV: 100 m Tx RF Out: 10 to 15 dBm
Rx RF In: -88 to -118 dBm
Fig. 5.2.4 Connection of ADE and BDE
5-7
5.3 BDE
5.3 BDE
5.3.1 RF CON
- FELCOM 18: 16P0284A
- FELCOM 19: 16P0284B
Although RF CON circuit of FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19 have the same circuit
configuration, shapes of Antenna connector are different and these boards do not have
compatibility. As main features,
1) BPSK modulation is made at the transmission Base band signal (600/1200 sps TX
DATA), the modulated signal is changed to the TX RF signal (1.6 GHz) and then the
signal is output to the Antenna unit.
2) The receive signal (1.5 GHz) from the Antenna unit is changed to2nd IF-I and -Q
signals (7.5 kHz) and output to TERMCPU (COMMCPU).
3) Power supplied to antenna 28 V (27 V)/ 7 V from the TERMPWR (COMMPWR)
board is output.
4) Two PLL circuits and PLL reference oscillator (TCXO) are built in.
1. Transmit circuit
TX DATA of the Base band (600/1200 sps), which is changed to signals, are input from
the FELCCOM 18: TERMCPU (FELCOM 19: COMMCPU) board is input into the
PLL circuit consisting of U7 and U8.
PLL IC of U7 has PLL control and BPSK modulation functions and TX DATA signal is
changed to the BPSK modulated RF signal (1.6 GHz).
This signal is output to the ANT RF connector on the RF CON board via TX/RX SW
circuit on CR1, Q2, Q4 and FL1. This transmission level is 10 to 15 dBm.
Reference)
Processing method of TX DATA, which is changed to signals, varies between MES
Signaling Channel and MES Message Channel.
As for MES Signaling Channel,
BPSK modulation is made on the Base band signal (600/1200 sps) via signal
processing in "Message -> Scrambling -> Convolutional Encoding -> Adding
unique word."
As for MES Message Channel,
BPSK modulation is made on the Base band signal (600/1200 sps) via signal processing
in "Message -> Scrambling -> Convolutional Encoding -> Adding unique word."
5-8
5.3 BDE
2. Receiving circuit
The receive signal (1.5 GHz/-88 to -118 dBm), which is input to the RF CON board, is
input to the receiving circuit of CR2, U21 and U23 via the TX/RX SW circuit of CR3.
Although CR2 is the RF AGC circuit, this circuit is not being used. U23 outputs the
GPS reception signal (1575.42 MHz) is output to the internal GPS Module at DIV. The
level is -96 to -110 dBm.
DIV output at U23 is input into the 1st MIX circuit of U17 via FL4. 1st PLL output at
U7 (1629.1675 to 1636.3675 MHz) is input to 1st MIX and the reception signal at 1.5
GHz band is changed to 92.1675 MHz. This signal is input into Quadrature
Demodulator of U12 via FL2, U15 and U14.
AD8348ARUZ
Quadrature Demodulator 2nd IF I
7.5kHz
MIX
1st IF BPSK
92.1675MHz
VGA
2nd IF Q
IF AGC CTRL
7.5kHz
MIX
2nd Lo P
184.32MHz 1/2 0/90deg.
2nd Lo N
184.32MHz
Fig. 5.3.1 Block diagram of U12
U12 consists of the VGA circuit controlling the receiving signal level by use of the IF
AGC CTRL signal and 2 MIX. Also, differential output (184.32 MHz) of 2nd Lo PLL
of U6 is input to U12 and BPSK signal (92.1675 MHz) is changed to 2nd IF-I signal and
- Q signal of 7.5 kHz, that are output from the RF CON board, are output to the TERM
CPU (COMM CPU) board at -38 dBm(controlled signal level by AGC).
3. PLL circuit
TCXO of Y1: 30.72 MHz is the reference oscillator for 1st PLL and 2nd PLL circuit.
If the above PLL local oscillation frequency is deviated, the error rate increases without
being converted into correct frequency.
As for method of PLL control, converts the receive frequency from satellites to the Base
band in the CPU of TERMCPU (COMMCPU), performs FFT analysis, and then
controls the TCXO to make the received modulation rate (ex; 1200 sps) match the
difference of frequency /phase.
TCXO control can be checked at “TCXO Control” on the Status screen. Also, the offset
value of TCXO can be checked at "REF Offset Freq" and OK appears if this value is
150 Hz or lower.
If either of two PLL circuits becomes UNLOCKED, the error message "TROUBLE:
Synthesizer UNLOCK" appears.
5-9
J7
ATT DGPS 16P0284A: Mounted
U22 16P0284B: Not Mounted
1537 - 1544.2MHz
DIV J6
FL5
RF
BPF GPS
1575.42MHz
IC-218:28/7V
IC-219:27/7V J3
U23 U12
RX 5V U21 U13 U13
CR2 1st IF
DIV FL3 1537 - 1544.2MHz FL2 U15 7.5kHz I 7.5kHz
L18 U14
BPF 4 3
ATT ATT BPF ATT U11 U11 2nd IF
J1 CR3 FL4
7.5kHz Q 7.5kHz
1 2 U17 92.1675MHz
C109 ATT TERMCPU
RF AGC CTRL 1629.1675 -
47 x 2
0 90 U6 COMMCPU
ANT RF U20 1636.3675MHz
PLL LD2 PLL LD2
DET
R137, 140

TX 5V 1/2 PLL LE2 PLL LE2
U19 U19
VCO PLL DATA PLL DATA
DET SIG PLL
CP6
PLL CLK PLL CLK
J2 CP4 184.32MHz
R142 REF 30.72MHz
IF AGC CTRL
TERMPWR IC-218:28/7V
IC-219:27/7V DET SIG
1626.5 - 1646.5MHz
COMMPWR RX 5V U7
Y1 CP1
U3 U3
CP3 REF 1st Lo 30.72MHz 30.72MHz TCXO CTRL
CR1 U8 TCXO
Q4 Q2 Q6
FL1 MCLK CODEC
VCO
BPF ATT ATT ATT
PLL LD1 U3 PLL LD1
5-10
PLL PLL LE1 PLL LE1
J4 TX 5V PLL DATA PLL DATA
6.5V A PLL CLK PLL CLK
5V MIX
U4

5V TX DATA TX DATA
COMMCPU U18 3.3V U9 5V
3.3V 3.3V MIX Reg. Reg.
TX RX
16P0284A: Not Mounted 5V RX
16P0284B: Mounted U16 U10 ANT RX
3.3V RX 3.3V 5V
Reg. Reg. ANT TX
CHECK V
U5 Q3 Q1 TX RX
5V HPA ON
5V TX Reg.
5VA
U2 3.3V U1 5V
3.3VA J5
Reg. Reg.
ANT RX
ANT TX
CHECK V TERMPWR
RFCON
HPA ON COMMPWR
FELCOM 18: 16P0284A 6.5V_A
FELCOM 19: 16P0284B
Fig. 5.3.2 Block diagram of RF CON
5.3 BDE
5.3 BDE
5.3.2 TERMCPU: 16P0283B (FELCOM 18)
J8
J13 U22
GPS TD/RD TD/RD-A, B
GPS Module RS485
SN65HVD10DR
K1
J12 2nd IF I U23 Phot ALM-A, B
2nd IF Q CODEC Rlay (ALM-H, C)
U25
MCLK CODE 30.72MHz 16bit TXC, TXFS
TXD, RXD Phot NMEA RD-A, B
SYS RESET SCL, SDA Coup
+6.5V SSAS OUT-H JUNCTION
PLL DATA, CLK, LE1, LE2, LD1, LD2 Q2 SSAS OUT-C BOX
RF COM U24 X2 SSAS CHECK
CHECK V
ANT TX U24 U26
Phot SSAS IN
ANT RX Coup
Q3 SSAS CTRL
DET SIG
HPA ON
U15
SYS RESET
TCXO CTRL U27
T1 J10
IF AGC CTRL DAC LAN Pulse
RF AGC CTRL 4ch/12bit LDAC_N PHY Trans
CS_N LAN
SCLK
SDI Y3 KSZ8041TL1
50MHz J1
SDO OSC
U1
U5 TxD, RxD
SDRAM U4 RS232C
CPU DTE
128Mbit MAX3222IDBR (Not used)
J4
JTAG
XU20 U7
U8 J6
EEPROM Flash Mem
U21 U12, 13
512kbit 64Mbit
X2 PRT D0-7
Level BUS
Shifter Buff
STB, ALF, INIT, SELIN
SYS RESET SN74AVC16T245DGGR PRINTER

J2 ACK, BUSY, PE, SEL, ERR
BUZ
U11
SW LED 4 bit S4
Dip
SW SW
4 bit
Dip S2
Y1 32.768kHz SW
X'tal U6
Y2 Temp.
24MHz
OSC Sensor U2
J7
SD CD, SD WP, DAT0-3, CLK, CMD SYS RESET
SYS RESET RESET
SD/USB
USB PWR EN, PWR FLG, DP, DM
CR1; ERROR LED
CR2; TX LED
J5 U10
CR3; LOGIN LED
LCD LCD I/F
SN65LVDS84AQ
HW VER0, 1 TERMCPU
16P0283B
Note) U6: Temp Sensor and HW VER signals are not used.
Fig. 5.3.3 Block diagram of TERMCPU board
5-11
5.3 BDE
Functions of the TERMCPU board are Tx/Rx processing (demodulation, encoding,

decoding and communication protocol processing) and the following interfaces.
- LCD, LAN, Junction Box, Printer,
- SW board, SD Card/USB board, RF_CON board
Table 5.3.1 Major device functions of TERMCPU board
Device Application
Receiving 2nd IF-I and -Q signal
TCXO control
Junction Box I/F
IF, RF AGC control
GPS I/F
PLL control
LCD display
Voltage monitoring (CHECK V, ANT
Printer I/F
TX, ANT RX)
CPU U4 LAN communication
HPA ON/OFF control
Keyboard I/F
Monitoring the Distress Alert switch
SD card
Controlling buzzer and LED
I/F serial communication (Not
Receiving process
Used)
Transmitting process
Communication protocol processing
- Setting values for FWD ID, RTN ID, DNID, ENID, Serial No., SSAS
and LRIT setting value
- Data Report setting value (including loaded Programming)
- [Distress setup]
EEPROM XU20 - [Setup]-> 1.System setup (Command Window settings)
4.EGC Setup
8.Configuretion -> 3.EGC Channel List
8.Configuretion -> 4.NCS Channel List
- [Option] -> 8.Test -> 2. PV Test Result
Flash
U7 Storing program
MEM1
Storing non-volatile data
- [Logs]: Sent Messages, Receiver Messages, EGC Messages,
Flash Communication Log
U8
MEM2 - [Option] -> Maintenance
- Internal Memory for saving the file
- Setting data other than setting values stored in EEPROM
Program operating memory:
SDRAM U5 When the Terminal unit is turned ON, the program is downloaded from
Flash MEM1 to SDRAM and the program operates.
- Outputting receiving signals I and Q to the monitor (connector for
CODEC U23 checking Lissajous waveform is deleted.)
- The receiving signals I and Q are digitized and sent to CPU.
To output TCXO control and IF/RF AGC control digital signals sent
DAC U27
from CPU, these signals are converted to analog signal.
Ether PHY U15 LAN interface (10/100 Base)
5-12
5.3 BDE
As for processing of receiving signals,

I and Q signals of 2nd IF 7.5 kHz, which are input from the RF CON board, are input
into CPU via CODEC and processed to signals. For example, steps for processing
receiving signals of NCS/MES TDM channels are as follows.
I, Q Signal -> Detecting U.W (Frame Sync.) -> De-Permuting -> De-Interleaving
-> Viterbi Decoding -> De-Scrambling -> Packet detection -> Message
Transmitting signals are
processed according to channel. Processed digital data is sent to the RF CON board as
TX DATA and then converted to the RF signal of 1.6 GHz band, which is BPSK
modulated. Basic steps of processes according to channel are as follows.
- Transmission on MES Signaling Channel
Message -> Scrambling -> Convolution Encoding -> Adding U.W
-> BPSK Modulation
- Transmission on MES Message Channel
-> Interleaving-> Permuting -> Adding Pre-amble -> BPSK Modulation
- Transmission on NCS/LES TDM Channel
-> Interleaving-> Permuting -> BPSK Modulation
Convolution Encoding
Convolution Encoding (Convolution code) is a method that the receiving side
controls to decrease the error rate. This method adds the redundancy bit having the
predetermined pattern to the data bit string. By performing viterbi decoding at the
receiving side, the erroneously received bit can be corrected if the number of bits is
less than the predefined number.
Viterbi Decoding
The signal is returned to the signal on which Convolution Encoding is performed. If
any error is found, the error is corrected by Viterbi Decoding. The burst error is also
corrected by combining with the interleaving.
Scrambling
Scrambling mixes "0" and "1" moderately in order to prevent "0" or "1" from
continuing excessively. If "1" or "0" data continues when decoding BPSK modulated
wave is decoded, clock recovery would be reduced and modulation cannot be
performed. This processing prevents this problem.
De-Scrambling
Scrambled signal is decoded.
U.W (Unique Word)

The specific bit pattern is added for bit synchronization at the receiving party.
Frame Sync.
The U.W (Unique Word) is detected and synchronized with the frame signal.
5-13
5.3 BDE
Interleaving, Permuting
If there is a block error in the bit string, it is hard to correct the error.
Interleaving is used for inputting the bit rate in the Interleaving matrix and reading
out the bit rate in the appropriate sequence. Reading process is referred to a
"Permuting."
Even if a block error occurs on the communication path, the block error is dispersed
when correcting the block error at the receiving party; therefore correcting error is
easy.
De-Permuting, De-Interleaving
De-Permuting is the process used for inputting the modulated signal to the interleave
matrix by reversing procedure of Permuting.
De-Interleaving is the process used for extracting signals from the interleave matrix
by reversing the procedure of Interleaving.
Pre-amble
Preamble consists of the carrier recovery bits and the clock regeneration bits for easy
synchronization at the receiving party.
BPSK (Binary Shift Keying)

Depending on carrier phase difference, BPSK is expressed as "0" or "1". For example,
data signal "0" indicates that no phase is shifted (0 degrees); and data signal "1"
indicates that the phase is shifted 180 degrees.
5-14
5.3 BDE
5.3.3 COMMCPU: 16P0282 (FELCOM 19)
J6 RF RF
U3
J4 I MONI
J3 J5
1: I MONI
2: GND Q MONI GPS
3: Q MONI TXC, TXFS, UART4 RXD, Module
U12 TXD, RXD, UART4 TXD
Q data, I data SCL, SDA SYS RESET N
Q data, I data CODEC
M CLK CODEC
M CLK CODEC (16bit)
U22 (30.72MHz) HW VER0, 1 JUNCTION
SYS RESET N
SYS RESET N J1
LDAC N, U14
U17 CS N LD, RXD Photo RD A/B RD A/B
TCXO CTRL TCXO CTRL
U16 SCLK, Coupler
RF AGC CTRL U17 SDI, SDO DIST RXD,
RF AGC CTRL
DAC DIST TX_RX, U11
SYS RESET N (12bit) DIST TXD TD_RD A/B TD_RD A/B
RS485
IF AGC CTRL
IF AGC CTRL
K1
ATT LE ALM H/C
ALM Q1 Photo ALM H/C
Rely
HPA ON
HPA ON
DET SIG ALMBZ Q2 SSAS OUT C SSAS OUT C
DET SIG
ANT TX
ANT TX
ANT RX ALM EN Q3 SSAS CTRL
ANT RX SSAS CTRL
TX_RX
TX_RX U15
TX DATA U13 SSAS IN C
TX DATA DIST SW Photo SSAS IN C
PLL CLK, PLL DATA, Coupler
PLL CLK, PLL DATA, PLL LD1, PLL LD2, PLL LE1, PLL LE2
PLL LD1, PLL LD2, U13 U13 SSAS CHECK
PLL LE1, PLL LE2 DIST CHECK SSAS CHECK
CHECK V
CHECK V S2
4 bit
Dip
U6 SW
CSPI2 SCLK, CSPI2 MOSI, CPU S3
U7 CSPI2 SSON, CSPI2 MIS0 4 bit
SYS RESET N Dip
EEPROM SW
(512kbit) J6 (DEBUG SIO)
UART1 TXD,
CSPI2 SCLK, CSPI2 MOSI, UART1 RXD
U8 SIO RD, SIO TD
RF COM SYS RESET N F-ROM
CSPI2 MISO, CSPI2 SS1N
MPU TRSTB, MPU TD0,
(64Mbit) MPU TD1, MPU TMS, J2 (CPU JTAG)
for CODE MPU TCK, RESET B,
MPU RTCK, MPU DE B
CSPI2 SCLK, CSPI2 MOSI,
U9 CSPI2 MISO, CSPI2 SS2N
SYS RESET N F-ROM
(64Mbit) Link/Act LAN
for Data PHY INTRP, RMII MDC, CR1
DRAM D (15:0)
RMII MDIO, RMII TXEN, Speed
U5 T1 J3
RMIITXD1/2, RMIIRXDV,
U10 ADD(13:0) RMII RXD1/2, RMIIRXER CR2 Pulse
Control LAN
Trans
SYS RESET N
SDRAM PHY
(128Mbit)
Y1 SYS RESET N
CR9 Q4 50.0MHz
ERROR
Y2
CR10 Q5 32.768MHz
TX
Y3
CR11 Q6
LOGIN 24MHz
CR12 Q7
POWER U1, U2
SYS RESET
J4 J7 CR8 DEBUG RESET
P6.5V VCC
6.5V
U19 P1.45V DVCC SYS RESET
3.3V SW REG
Q8, 9 P3.3V
DVCC U18 P1.8V DVCC
SW 1.8V REG
P3.3V
AVCC U20
1.5V REG
P1.5V AVCC COMMCPU
(16P0282)
Fig. 5.3.4 Block diagram of COMMCPU board
5-15
5.3 BDE
Basic functions of the COMMCPU board are receiving/transmitting processing

(demodulation, encoding, decoding and communication protocol processing) and the
following interfaces for LAN, Junction Box and RF_CON board.
Table 5.3.2 Major device functions of COMM CPU board
Device Application
Receiving I data and Q data of IF
signal
TCXO control
AGC control
PLL control
Monitoring voltage(CHECK V,
Junction Box I/F
CPU U4 ANT TX, ANT RX)
GPS I/F
HPA ON/OFF control
LED control
Receiving process
Transmitting process
Communication protocol
processing
- Setting values for FWD ID, RTN ID, DNID, ENID, Serial No., SSAS
and LRIT setting value
- Data Report setting value (including loaded Programming)
- [Distress setup]
EEPROM XU20 - [Setup]-> 1.System setup(Command Window settings)
4.EGC Setup
8.Configuretion -> 3.EGC Channel List
8.Configuretion -> 4.NCS Channel List
- [Option] -> 8.Test -> 2. PV Test Result
Flash
U7 Storing program
MEM1
Storing non-volatile data
- [Logs]: Sent Messages, Receiver Messages, EGC Messages,
Flash Communication Log
U8
MEM2 - [Option] -> Maintenance
- Internal Memory for saving the file
- Setting data other than setting values stored in EEPROM
Program operating memory:
SDRAM U5 When the terminal unit is turned ON, the program is downloaded
from Flash MEM1 to SDRAM and the program operates.
- Outputting receiving signals I and Q to the monitor (connector for
CODEC U23 checking Lissajous waveform is deleted.)
- The receiving signals I and Q are digitized and sent to CPU.
To output TCXO control and IF/RF AGC control digital signals sent
DAC U27
from CPU, these signals are converted into analog signals.
Ether PHY U15 LAN interface (10/100 Base)
5-16
5.3 BDE
5.3.4 TERMPWR: 16P0287B (FELCOM 18)

Input voltage and current of FELCOM 18 are 12 to 24 V/TX: 8.0 to 4.0 A, RX: 1.0 to
0.5A, respectively.
TERMPWR board consists of 130 kHz switching regulator, and outputs TX 28 V and
RX 7 V, which are supplied to the Antenna unit, and voltage 8 V, 5 V, 6.5 V and 3.3 V,
which are supplied to the internal circuit.
Also, the LCD driver circuit is mounted.
FELCOM 18
TERMPWR
16P0287B
J1 T1, T2 REC J3
SW
L3 CR51 +28V
+28V/7V
1,2 L1 SW -1 DRV C51 Q51 1, 2
DC IN 3, 4
R99 R97/98
C8 C131-140 R41-46
Q21-26 FL51, 52
3, 4 Q3, Q4 C41, 42 CR58
R47-50 J4
0.1 x4
Q52
28V ADJ.
9V PRMVCC CHECK V 7
R54 7V OCL
DET ANT RX
U61 9
ANT TX
9V PRMVCC U81 8
U51 HPA ON
28V OVL FLG U15 5
+6.5V 1
28V OCL 4, 6, 10
U81
J2
LED Driver J6
10V AVR T3, T4 REC LED A
B(+) 1
1 LINE FIL +12V LED K
Q1, 2 SW-2 DRV CR53, 54 U101 2
2 SW C53
LCD CTRL
CR2 L2 C22 LT3598
3 DC(-) U21; R47-50 LCD PWM
16P0224 C43, 44
5V REG J5
R114-115
0.1 x4
9V PRMVCC U85 +5V

4
U16 TA78L05F
9V PRMVCC U52 1
9V PRMVCC 8V REG 2
V MON U82
U11; PWM Cont
12V OVL FLG CR31 U71 +6.5V
RC 9528 TA78L08F 9
U311, 321, 331 12V OCL
9V PRMVCC (MB3759PF x3) 3.3V OVL FLG +3.3V
U17 9V PRMVCC 6, 7
SW1 Freq. Adj. REC U53
(130kHz ADJ.) T5, T6 3, 5, 8
R18 CR41, 42, C47 +7V
LINE FIL 130k ADJ. SW-3 DRV
L4, C35 U22; CR43, C48 +6.5V
16P0224
+3.3V
CR44, C49 J7
9V PRMVCC Shut Down
U14, U12; 9V PRMVCC +8V
16P0290 1
R33 2
U201
STOP 3.3V U202 Over Curr DET
Fig. 5.3.5 Block diagram of TERMPWR board
5-17
5.3 BDE
Table 5.3.3 Protecting circuit
Item Remarks
Power-on voltage :
Protection from 9.5 to 10.5 V
Low input voltage Protecting operation
voltage: 7.0 to 9.0 V
Protection from
34 to 38 V
Input over voltage
Protection from
Diodes are inserted into input of power on
Reversed polarity Mounted
PWR_C board in parallel.
connection
28 V: 4.3 A Non-automatic recovery
Protection from Over current protection function for automatic
5 V: 0.2 A
Output over recovery IC
current 6.5 V Non-automatic recovery
Operating current 3.3 V Protection operation starts when the total
(A) power of 7 V, 6.5 V and 3.3 V becomes 25 W.
Over current protection function for automatic
8 V: 0.2 A
recovery IC
As for the detection signal output from the TERMPWR board,

CHECK V: Voltage supplied to the Antenna unit (TX 28V/RX 7V) is detected, the
voltage is displayed on the Status Monitor screen or the Diagnostic
screen for the executed item in Furuno service mode.
Also, when the voltage is within the specified range or goes out of the
range (TX: 26 to 31 V, RX: 6 to 9 V), the message "TROUBLE: ANT
power voltage abnormality." is sent.
ANT TX: This is the current detection level value of TX 28 V supplied to the
Antenna unit. The value detected here can be checked at "Current level"
on the Diagnostic screen for the item executed in Furuno service mode.
ANT RX: This is the current detection level value of RX 7 V supplied to the
Reference)
Note that transmit voltage/current detection level and receive voltage/current
detection level do not appear at the same time. The following indicated value is the
actual display example.
- Tx Power Supply: FELCOM 18 -> 27.6V
- Tx current level: FELCOM 18 -> 215
Transmit voltage and current detection level values of the last communication
that will be recorded on the latest Sent Messages Log are displayed. However,
the above values are deleted when receiving the message including EGC.
- Rx Power supply: FELCOM 18 -> 7.1 V
- Rx current level: FELCOM 18 ->100
The receive voltage value and the current detection level value when reception
to be recorded on the latest Received Messages Log or EGC Messages are
displayed. However, the above values are deleted when receiving a message.
5-18
5.3 BDE
5.3.5 COMMPWR: 16P0288 (FELCOM 19)

Input voltage and current of FELCOM 19 are 12 to 24 V/TX: 3.8 to 1.9 A, RX: 0.8 to
0.4 A, respectively.
COMMPWR board consists of 130 kHz switching power supply, and outputs TX 27 V
and RX 7 V, which are supplied to the antenna, and voltage 6.5 V and 3.3 V, which are
supplied to the internal circuit.
FELCOM 19
COMMPWR TP6
16P0288 J3
J1 TP3 T1, T2 REC
PWR C TP5 SW
16P0227B 1 CR1, 2 L3 CR51 +27V +27V/7V
L1 SW DRV C51 Q51 1, 2
DC IN C30-34
R99 R97/98
TP4 R41-46
C1 3, 4
2 TP2 Q21-26 FL51, 52
Q3, Q4 C41, 42
R47-50
0.1 x4
27V ADJ.
Vcc
R54
27V DET
POWER SW
J2 U51 +7V U82; 16P0291
Vcc I DET
SW1 Curr RxC DET
1 DET
SW2 U81
3 Vcc
130kHz ADJ. U81
CHECK V
10V AVR V MON PWR Cont
Tx Curr J4
U11; DET
Q1, CR3 RC 9528 U13 16P0222
R18 +7V
(MB3759PF x2)
Vcc TP9
TP1 HPA ON
REC 5
10V T5, T6 ANT RX
CR41, 42, C47
LINE FIL ANT TX
Vcc SW DRV
TP7 +6.5V
L4, C35 U22; CR43, C48
16P0224
TP8 +3.3V
CR44, C49
2, 4, 6, 10
R31-35
Vcc Shut Down
U12;
16P0290
Over Curr DET
U23;
16P0220
Fig. 5.3.6 Block diagram of COMMPWR board
5-19
5.3 BDE
Table 5.3.4 Protecting circuit
Item Remarks
Power-on voltage:
Protection from Low 9.5 to 10.5 V
input voltage Protecting operation
voltage: 7.0 to 9.0 V
Protection from Input
34 to 38 V
over voltage
Protection from
Diodes are inserted into input of power
Reversed polarity Available
supply.
connection
Protection from Output 7 V: 0.43 A Non-automatic recovery
over current 6.5 V Non-automatic recovery
Operating current (A) 3.3 V Protection operation starts when the total
power of 7 V, 6.5 V and 3.3 V becomes 13 W.
As for the detection signal output from the COMM PWR board,
CHECK V: Voltage supplied to the Antenna unit (TX 27 V/RX 7 V) is detected, the
voltage is displayed on the Status Monitor screen or the Diagnostic
screen for the executed item in Furuno service mode.
Also, when the voltage is within the specified range or goes out of the
range (TX: 26 to 31V, RX: 6 to 9 V), the message "TROUBLE: ANT
power voltage abnormality." is sent.
ANT TX: This is the current detection level value of TX 27 V supplied to the
ANT RX: This is the current detection level value of RX 7 V supplied to the
Reference)
Note that transmit voltage/current detection level and receive voltage/current detection
level do not appear at the same time. The following indicated value is the actual
display example.
- Tx Power Supply: FELCOM 19 -> 27.0 V
- Tx current level: FELCOM 19 -> 59
Transmit voltage and current detection level values of the last communication
that will be recorded on the latest Sent Messages Log are displayed.
However, the above values are deleted when receiving the message including EGC.
- Rx Power supply: FELCOM 19 -> 7.0 V
- Rx current level: FELCOM 19 -> 96
The receive voltage value and the current detection level value when reception
to be recorded on the latest Received Messages Log or EGC Messages are
displayed. However, the above values are deleted when receiving a message.
5-20
Chapter 6. Updating program
6.1 Summary
6.1 Summary
1. Procedure for updating program
The program can be updated by following the procedure below.
1) Updating the program via LAN.
The program can be updated via LAN by use of "Updater.exe" or
"upf1xterm.bat." Both file are stored in the same program folder.
2) Updating the program via the SD card is only available for FELCOM18.
2. Program file list

"Rxxxx" in the program file name indicates the revision number of the program
for R&D. The version control of the program is performed by V01.xx. "xx" is
the detail version.
Table 6.1.1 Program folder
FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19
Program updated by Program updated by
Program updated by SD
LAN LAN
Folder FELCOM18_V01.xx_ FFELCOM18_V01.xx_ FELCOM19_V01.xx_
name Rxxxx Rxxxx_SD Rxxxx
F18_Updater.exe BOOT.INI F19_Updater.exe
F18TERM.BIN F18TERM.BIN F19RFCO.BIN
f18term.m SDLOADER.BIN f19rfco.m
f18term.mot f19rfco.mot
f18term.rec F19rfco.rec
hexlnk.exe
Hextobin.exe hextobin.exe
File stored IDCODE.SYS IDCODE.SYS
in folder makef18term.bat makef19rfcon.bat
NLOADER.BIN NLOADER.BIN
nwuppg..exe nwuppg..exe
ram2rom.exe ram2rom.exe
setip_172.31.16.1.bat setip_172.31.16.1.bat
SUM.EXE SUM.EXE
sum.mot sum.mot
upf18term.bat upf19rfcon.bat
6-1
6.1 Summary
3. Notes
1) The setting value and the communication log are retained even if the program is
updated.
2) Clearing the memory is not required even if the program is updated.
3) When updating the program via LAN, LAN connection needs to be set for the
PC in order to establish the LAN connection between FELCOM 18 or FELCOM
19 and the PC.
Following are default Network setting of FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19:
- IP address: 172.31.16.2
- Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0
4. Checking program version

1. Enter Furuno service mode.
1) Open Setup -> 1. System setup -> Command Window.
2) Enter JOB No. : furunoservice
3) Password: felcom18 (as for FELCOM 18)
felcom19 (as for FELCOM 19)
4) The "Furuno Service Mode" message flashes at the top of the screen; therefore it
is obvious that the system enters Furuno service mode.
To exit from this mode, turn off the system and turn it on again. Or, type "quit"
or "quit service" command in Command Window.
2. Open [Options ] -> 8. Test -> 3. Diagnostic Test, and execute "Diagnostic Test."
FELCOM 18: Diagnostic Test
6-2
6.1 Summary
FELCOM 19: Diagnostic Test
Note)
As for FELCOM 18;
Only “TERMCPU” version appears when carrying out the Diagnostic Test in the
Normal mode. When carrying out in the Furuno Service Mode, the detail version for
TERM CPU, Rev, Boot no. and Starter No. are added.
Also, after carrying out the Diagnostic Test in the Normal mode, same indication of
the Furuno Service Mode appears when pressing the [A], [Z], [S], [D] and [C] key
while pressing the [Ctrl] key.
As for FELCOM 19;

Only “COMMCPU” version appears when carrying out the Diagnostic Test in the
Normal mode. When carrying out in the Furuno Service Mode, the detail version for
COMMCPU, Rev, Boot no. and Starter No. are added.
Also, after carrying out the Diagnostic Test in the Normal mode, same indication of
the Furuno Service Mode appears when pressing the [A], [Z], [S], [D] and [C] key
while pressing the [Ctrl] key.
6-3
6.2 Procedure for updating the program

6.2.1 Updating the program via LAN: Updater
As for connection between the PC and FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19, the LAN cable
(straight cable or cross cable) is directly connected to the LAN port on FELCOM 18
and FELCOM 19 or via SW HUB.
The program file needs to be placed just under (root) the C drive of the PC. For
example, the program may not be updated if the program file is placed on desktop.
Procedure)
The same procedure is used between FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19. The procedure is
explained by using FELCOM 18.
1. Connect the LAN port on FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 to the PC by using the LAN
cable.
LAN
FELCOM 18
LAN
FELCOM 19
2. Check the Network setting of FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19.

Reference)
As for both FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19, "172.31.16.2" is set for the default
IP address and "255.255.0.0" is set for the Subnet mask.
- FELCOM 18:
Open "Setup -> 1. System Setup -> Network Setup -> Network", and check the
Network setting of FELCOM 18.
6-4
- FELCOM 19:
1) Start up the Terminal software of FELCOM 19.
2) Open "Setup -> 3. Terminal Setup."
3) Click "Connection" to display [Connection List], and check the Network
setting of FELCOM 19.
3. Configure the LAN setting for the PC according to the Network information of
FELCOM 18 and FECLOM 19 checked at step 1.
For example, if the IP address set for FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19 is
"172.31.16.2" and the Subnet mask set for FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19 is
"255.255.0.0," "172.31.16.10" needs to be set for IP address and "255.255.0.0" needs
to be set for Subnet mask in the Network setting for the PC.
4. Open the program folder and double-click the following file.

- FELCOM 18: F18_Updater.exe
- FELCOM 19: F19_Updater.exe
5. The following [FELCOM xx UPDATER] screen appears.
6-5
6. Turn off FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19, and turn it on again.

After a while, the IP address set for FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 appears on the
"Select Target Address" field.
"SYSTEM BOOT..." is being displayed on the FELCOM 18 screen.
7. Select the displayed in “Select Target Address” address set for FELCOM 18 or
FELCOM 19, and then click [UPDATE] button.
The DOS prompt screen appears and the updating starts automatically.
8. When the updating is finished in approx. 30 seconds, the DOS prompt screen
automatically closes.
As for FELCOM 18, the screen is blank while updating and after updating the
program.
9. Reboot FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19.
6-6
Reference)
If LAN connection cannot be established between FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 and
the PC, the following error message "error (UDP_send_dat)" appears. Check the
LAN setting of the PC.
--- error (UDP_send_dat)
6.2.2 Updating the program via LAN: upf18term.bat

As for connection between the PC and FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19, the LAN cable
(straight cable or cross cable) is directly connected to the LAN port on FELCOM 18
and FELCOM 19 or via SW HUB.
If the IP address set for FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 is different from the default IP
address, the batch file needs to be edited. The program file can be placed in any place.
Procedure)
1. Refer to steps 1, 2 and 3 in "6.2.1 Updating the program via LAN: Updater," check
the Network setting of FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19, and then configure the LAN
setting in the PC.
2. If the IP address of FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 is different from the default value

(172.31.16.2), open the following batch file, replace the underlined IP address with
the IP address set for FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19 and then overwrite the setting.
- FELCOM 18: upf18term.bat
nwuppg.exe NLOADER.BIN IDCODE.SYS F18TERM.BIN
-I172.31.16.2 -D172.31.16.2 -B10000
- FELCOM 19: upf19rfcon.bat
nwuppg.exe NLOADER.BIN IDCODE.SYS F19RFCO.BIN
-I172.31.16.2 -D172.31.16.2 -B10000
6-7
3. Double-click the batch file. The DOS prompt screen opens.
4. Turn off FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19, and turn it on again.

Updating the program starts automatically. As for FELCOM 18, the screen becomes
blank when the updating program starts.
5. When the updating is finished in approx. 30 seconds, the DOS prompt screen closes
automatically. Turn off FELCOM 18 or FELCOM 19, and turn it on again.
6-8
6.2.3 Updating program via SD card (FELCOM 18)

The files in the program folder "FELCOM18_V01.0x_Rxxxx_SD" needs to be copied
on the SD card. Updating the program is not started even if the program folder is stored
in the SD card. File is as follows.
- BOOT.INI - F18TERM.BIN - SDLOADER.BIN
Reference)
In case of using the SD-HC card, the card needs to be used after formatting it at
FELCOM 18.
Procedure)
1. Mount the SD card containing the program file and then turn on FELCOM18.
Program update mode. (SD-Card)
[FILE] : F18TERM.BIN (2012/07/31 14:12:26)

[MSG] : FELCOM18 Ver. 01.04.1819
[COMMENT] : THIS IS THE UPDATE DISK FOR FELCOM18
Do you update APPLICATION PROGRAM ?

Hit keyboard ( Y or N )
2. Press [Y]. Updating the program starts automatically.

While updating the program, the progress appears. If updating the program is
breaked, such as when the system turns off, restart the procedure from the step 1.
[FILE] : F18TERM.BIN (2012/07/31 14:12:26)

[MSG] : FELCOM18 Ver. 01.04.1819
Done. Erasing Flash-Memory.

----Æ Updating APPLICATION PROGRAM
Verifying Check-Sum.
Processing 50%
< 000000000000000000000000__________________________ >
6-9
3. When the updating is finished in approx. 1 minute, the "Program update success"
message appears.
In this case, turn off FELCOM 18, remove the SD card, and then turn on FELCOM
18 again.
[FILE] : F18TERM.BIN (2012/07/31 14:12:26)

[MSG] : FELCOM18 Ver. 01.04.1819
Done. Erasing Flash-Memory.

Done. Updating APPLICATION PROGRAM
Done. Verifying Check-Sum.
Processing 100%
< 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 >
Program update success.

Please remove SD-Card and reboot.
6-10
Chapter7.17.Installing
PCPCterminal
terminal software
7.1 Installing PC terminal software

Note that F18 (19) PC terminal software and VMSF18 (19) PC terminal software
For instance, when attempting to install VMS F19 PC terminal software to the PC on
which F19 PC terminal software has already been installed, the following error message
appears.
OS of available PC are Windows-XP, Windows-Vista and Windows-7.

- FELCOM 18 PC terminal software:
FELCOM18_PC_V01.xx_Rxxxx
- FELCOM 19 PC terminal software:
"Rxxxx" in the program file name indicates the Revision number of the program for
developers. Version control of the program is carried out by use of V01.xx. "xx" is
the detailed version.
program files FURUNO FELCOM19 F19PC.exe
program files FURUNO FELCOM18 F18PC.exe
System32 Redist MS System asycfilt.dll
0x0409.ini
0x0409.ini oleaut32.dll
Autorun.inf
Autorun.inf olepro32.dll
FELCOM18.msi
FELCOM19.msi stdole2.tlb
instmaia.exe instmaia.exe
instmsiw.exe instmsiw.exe
setup.exe setup.exe
Setup.ini Setup.ini
FELCOM18_PC Terminal FELCOM19_PC Terminal
Fig. 7.1.1 File configuration of PC terminal folder
7-1
7.1.1 Installing terminal software to PC

Procedure)
Procedure for installing PC terminal software is common to both FELCOM 18 and
FELCOM 19. Procedure is explained using FELCOM 19.
1. Prepare PC terminal software "FELCOM19_PC_V01.xx_Rxxx" on a PC.
2. Open the folder and then double-click “Setup.exe” file.

When FELCOM 19 installer runs and the "Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for
FELCOM 19" screen appears, press the [NEXT] button.
3. The "Customer Information" screen appears. Click [Next] to open the "Destination
Folder" screen, and then click [Next] button.
7-2
4. The "Ready to Install the Program" screen appears. Clicking [Install] button starts
installation.
5. When the "InstallShield Wizard Completed" screen appears, installation procedure

completes. Click [Finish] button to close the screen.
6. Restart the PC.
Reference)
The "F19PC" icon is created on desktop.
Also, the execution file for F19PC is created in the "FURUNO" folder, which is
automatically created in Program File in C drive.
7-3
7.1.2 Uninstalling PC terminal software

Procedure)
Procedure for uninstalling PC terminal software is common to both FELCOM 18 and
1. Prepare PC terminal software "FELCOM19_PC_V01.xx_Rxxx" on a PC.

FELCOM 19" screen appears, press the [NEXT] button.
3. Select the "Remove" radio button on the "Program Maintenance" screen, and then
click [NEXT] button.
7-4
4. Click [Remove] button when the "Remove the Program" screen appears.
Uninstalling the program starts.
5. When the "InstallShield Wizard Completed" screen appears, uninstallation procedure

6. Restart the PC.
7-5
7.2 Installing VMS PC terminal software

Note that F18 (19) PC terminal software and VMS F18 (19) PC terminal software
For instance, when attempting to install VMS F18 PC terminal software to the PC on
which F18 PC terminal software has already been installed, the following error message
appears.
OS of available PC are Windows-XP, Windows-Vista and Windows-7.

- FELCOM 18 VMS PC terminal software:
VMS_FELCOM18_PC_V01.03_R1788 (2012/6)
- FELCOM 19 VMS PC terminal software:
VMS_FELCOM19_PC_V01.03_R1788 (2012/6)
"Rxxxx" in the program file name indicates the Revision number of the program for
R&D. Version control of the program is carried out by use of V01.xx. "xx" is the
detailed version.
VMS_FELCOM18_PC_V01.xx_Rxxxx VMS_FELCOM19_PC_V01.xx_Rxxxx
program files FURUNO FELCOM18 VMS_F18PC.exe program files FURUNO FELCOM19 F19PC.exe
0x0409.ini System32 Redist MS System asycfilt.dll
Autorun.inf 0x0409.ini oleaut32.dll
FELCOM18.VMS.msi Autorun.inf olepro32.dll
instmaia.exe FELCOM19.VMS.msi stdole2.tlb
instmsiw.exe instmaia.exe
setup.exe instmsiw.exe
Setup.ini setup.exe
Setup.ini
FELCOM18_VMS PC Terminal FELCOM19_VMS PC Terminal
Fig. 7.2.1 File configuration of VMS PC terminal folder
7-6
7.2.1 Installing VSM PC terminal software

Procedure)
Procedure for installing VMS PC terminal software is common to both FELCOM 18
and FELCOM 19. Procedure is explained using FELCOM 18.
1. Prepare VMS PC terminal software: VMS_FELCOM18_PC_V01.xx_Rxxx on a PC.

FELCOM 18" screen appears, click [NEXT] button.
3. The "Customer Information" screen appears. Click [Next] button to open the
"Destination Folder" screen, and then click [Next] button.
7-7
4. The "Ready to Install the Program" screen appears. Clicking [Install] button starts
installation.
5. When the "InstallShield Wizard Completed" screen appears, installation procedure

6. Restart the PC.
Reference)
The shortcut icon "VMS_F18PC" is created on desktop.
Also, the execution file for VMS_F18PC is created in the "FURUNO" folder, which is
automatically created in Program File in C drive.
7-8
7.2.2 Uninstalling VMS PC terminal software

Procedure)
Procedure for uninstalling PC terminal software is common to both FELCOM 18 and
1. Prepare VMS PC terminal software: VMS_FELCOM18_PC_V01.xx_Rxxx on a PC.

FELCOM 18" screen appears, click [NEXT] button.
3. Select the "Remove" radio button on the "Program Maintenance" screen, and then
click [NEXT] button.
7-9
4. Click [Remove] button when the "Remove the Program" screen appears.
Uninstalling the program starts.
5. When the "InstallShield Wizard Completed" screen appears, uninstallation procedure

6. Restart the PC.
7-10
7.3 Setting up PC terminal and VMS PC terminal

Procedure for setting up PC terminal software and VMS PC terminal software is
common to both FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19. As for LAN setting on PC, the setting
enabling connection to the Network of 172.31.16.0/16 needs to be adopted.
For instance, 172.31.16.10 is assigned to IP address and 255.255.0.0 is assigned to
Subnet Mask. Procedure is explained using PC terminal software of FELCOM 19.
Note)
When connecting PC terminal or VMS PC terminal of FELCOM 18, set "ON"
[Setup] -> 1. System Setup -> LAN Port. System Setup -> LAN Port
If LAN connection is set to "OFF," the status appears. However, there is no response
from Terminal unit when remotely operating from PC, such as access to [Transmit]
menu; therefore the error message "No response from communication unit."
appears.
LAN Port -> ON
7-11
7.3.1 Setting up PC terminal and VMS PC terminal

Procedure)
1. As for both FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19, the default IP address is
"172.31.16.2/255.255.0.0."
As for the IP address of PC, set the IP address that can be connected to this Network.
For example, 172.31.16.10/255.255.0.0 is set.
2. Establish the connection between the [LAN] port on the Communication unit and a
PC by use of the LAN cable, and then turn the PC ON.
Example of IP address
setting:
- IP address:
172.31.16.10
- Subnet mask:
255.255.0.0
- Default Gateway:
Not required
3. Double-click the icon for F18 (19) PC, (VMS F18 (19) PC).
7-12
4. When the following "Connect List" appears, click the "F18(19)_xxxxxxx" line.
Note)
Name: F18(19)_xxxxxxx displays model and Serial No.
When the "Connect Yes/No" screen appears, selecting "Yes" and then pressing
[Enter] key establish the connection with the Communication unit and data of the
status screen appears.
Reference)
The IP address and Software version of "Fxx_xxxxxxx" in "Connect List" is data
read from the Communication unit. The function for reading data is referred to
as "equipment detection function."
Model_Serial No.
Hint)
If the "Connect List" screen disappears when performing some operations,
open [Setup] -> 3.Terminal and then click "Connection."
Return to "Connect List" at the step 4.
Model_Serial No.
7-13
7.3.2 When the IP address of the Communication unit cannot be

determined
Procedure)
1. The IP address of the PC is assigned to arbitrary IP address.
For instance, 192.168.1.10/255.255.0.0 is assigned.
Reference)
The Communication unit has not with the "DHCP" function, which is used for
automatically assigning the IP address. When putting the check mark on "Obtain
an IP address automatically" for IP address of the PC, Windows automatically
assigns the IP address of PC when LAN connection is established.
The IP address is "169.254.xx.xx/16." Therefore, setting "Obtain an IP address
automatically" indicates that arbitrary IP address is assigned.
2. Double-click the icon for F18 (19) PC, (VMS F18 (19) PC).
3. The "Connect List" appears and the IP address of the Communication unit appears
after a while.
Model_Serial No.
7-14
4. Set the IP address and Subnet mask of the PC on the basis of the displayed IP address
of the Communication unit and then establish connection again.
Hint)
Clicking the "F19_xxxxxx" line opens the [Connect Yes/No] screen. Selecting "Yes"
opens the "Different network address. Show available network setting" screen.
Selecting "Yes" on this screen opens the "Network Information" screen; therefore set
the IP address of PC on the basis of this information.
7-15
Chapter 8. Maintenance
8.1 Status monitor
8.1 Status monitor

The Status screen is common to FELCOM 18, FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19 PC
terminals. The following figure shows the Status Monitor screen for FELCOM 18 PC
terminal.
Data is updated every five

seconds
Data is updated every five

seconds or the status is changed
Note) NAV data is updated every 30 seconds.
Fig. 8.1.1 Status screen
8-1
8.1 Status monitor
8.1.1 Status message

1. Distress message area
Area for messages relevant to

Area for messages indicating
Distress alert
restoration of the
communication network
1.1) Area for messages relevant to Distress alert
Messages Display conditions

Blank No Distress alert
Sending Distress Alert Releasing Distress alert
Sending Distress Alert Test During Distress alert test (PV Test)
When receiving Distress acknowledgement from
Distress Acknowledgement Received
LES after releasing the Distress alert
When transmitting the Distress message after
Distress Message Call Activated
setting "Distress" for Priority
When receiving Distress acknowledgment from
Distress Message Call Acknowledged LES after setting Distress for Priority and
transmitting Distress message
Distress Button Test Mode
During Distress Button test
[DISTRESS]
1.2) Display of restoration mode for Communication Network

Blank Normal status
This message appears when NCS of the ocean region is out
of order and only one LES exists in the ocean region.
Stand alone Mode
In this case, messages can be transmitted and received
while MES is logged in; however, there is no EGC service.
This message appears when the Network Channel is
changed while NCS is out of order and LES is broadcasting
Restoration Mode
NCS CC instead of NCS.
(Network Update Received)
In this case, messages can be transmitted and received;
however, there is no EGC service.
This message appears while NCS is out of order and the
Restoration Mode predetermined LES is broadcasting the NCS CC signal
instead of NCS.
8-2
8.1 Status monitor
2. Communication status area
Upper stage: Communication status

display area
Middle stage: Detail communication
status display area
Lower stage: Area for displaying
other information
2.1) Upper stage: Communication status display area

IDLE Idle (waiting receiving, waiting transmitting)
IDLE(PENDING) Waiting reply from LES
SENDING Sending
RECEIVING Receiving
LOGIN Logged in with NCS
LOGOUT Logging out with NCS
DISTRESS ALERT Sending Distress alert
Data Report Sending data report
TESTING PV (Performance Verification) testing
TEST SETUP Requesting PV testing
SCANNING NCS Scanning common channel
EGC RECEIVER EGC-only receiver mode
DELIVERY STATUS REQ. Transmitting delivery status request
FORCED CLEARING Forcibly stopping receiving, transmitting, or scanning
2.2) Middle stage: Detail communication status display area

CALLING Now calling
WAITING FOR
Waiting for acknowledgement from LES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
RECEIVING EGC MESSAGE Now receiving EGC message
WAITING FOR BACKOFF Waiting to transmit data report
Successful Login Login was successful.
Login failed. Login failed.
Successful Logout Logout was successful.
Logout failed. Logout failed.
Successful Distress Alert. Sending Distress alert was successful.
Distress Alert failed Sending Distress alert failed.
Transmission and the reception, scanning were
Successful Forced Clearing
stopped.
Forced Clearing failed [Successful Forced Clearing] failed.
SENDING MESSAGE PACKETS Sending TX message packets
WAITING FOR
Waiting for acknowledgement from LES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
8-3
8.1 Status monitor
Successful sending to LES. Message successfully sent to LES

Sending message failed Message could not be sent to LES
Call rejected LES rejected your message
Call pending LES temporarily suspending communications
Received Call Call received from LES
Received Call (ITA2) Call received (ITA2 code) from LES
RECEIVING MESSAGE PACKETS Receiving message packets
CLEARING Clearing the receive sequence
Successful receiving Successfully received message
Receiving failed. Could not receive message
Successful Data Report. Data report successfully sent.
Data Report failure Data report could not be sent.
PV TEST CALL is rejected LES rejected PV test call from MES.
PV TEST CALL is pending. LES suspended PV test call from MES.
TEST-RECEIVING MESSAGE Receiving test message from LES
TEST-SENDING MESSAGE Sending test message to LES
TEST-DISTRESS ALERT Sending test Distress message to LES
WAITING FOR ACTIVATION Waiting start of PV test
WAITING FOR TEST RESULT Waiting for results of PV test
CLEARING Clearing PV test mode
PV TEST is Completed. PV test was completed.
PV TEST Failure PV test failed.
2.3) Lower stage: Area for displaying other information

- Displaying the version number of DCE (Felcom 18)
DCE F18 Ver.0x (FFA) during normal operation
- "(FFA)" is displayed if FFA VMS is set.
- Displaying the version number of DCE (Felcom 19)
DCE F19 Ver.0x (FFA) during normal operation
- "(FFA)" is displayed if FFA VMS is set.
- During Program Report by Polling.
Running Report Program (POLL)
- This message is not displayed if FFA VMS is set.
TX ON Sending
TROUBLE: ANT power voltage
Voltage applied to the Antenna unit is abnormal.
abnormality
TROUBLE: ALARM UNIT Fault Alarm unit (IC-306) is abnormal.
TROUBLE:
Distress alert unit (IC-305) is abnormal.
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT Fault.
TROUBLE: Synthesizer module PLL synthesizer circuit is abnormal.
TROUBLE: Carrier power module Transmit output level is abnormal.
TROUBLE: GPS module GPS module is abnormal.
Memory full for received msg Memory is full.
8-4
8.1 Status monitor
3. Login display area
Frame synchronization display area

Ocean region display area/ LOGIN, LOGOUT
status display area
Area for displaying other information
3.1) Frame synchronization display area

SYNC (NCS) Synchronizing with NCS Channel
SYNC (LES) Synchronizing with LES Channel
MES Sig. Ch Transferring to MES signaling channel
MES Msg. Ch Transferring to MES message channel
UNSYNC Out of synchronization
Retuning Changing channel, or during transmission
3.2) Ocean region display area

NCS: AOR-W Using Atlantic Ocean Region-West
NCS: AOR-E Using Atlantic Ocean Region-East
NCS: IOR Using Indian Ocean Region
NCS: POR Using Pacific Ocean Region
3.3) LOGIN/LOGOUT status display area

LOGOUT Deregistration to ocean region
LOGIN Registered in ocean region
LOGIN (Flashing) Registration is in progress to the ocean region
3.4) Area for displaying other information

--- No receive message in memory, or printer is operating.
- When the printer does not work after receiving the
REC.MESSAGE EXISTS
message
(flashing)
- When the secret confidential message is received
Data Report (Reverse display) When the data report is set to ON.
Message Report (Reverse display) When the message report is set to ON.
8-5
8.1 Status monitor
4. Area for displaying position
Area for displaying date and time

Area for displaying position
4.1) Area for displaying date and time and area for displaying position

- The time data is calculated from the TDM frame, and the date
MM-DD-YY hh:mm data uses the data from ZDA (updated every one minute).
- If no ZDA is input, date set at System Setup is displayed.
- The external GPS system, the internal GPS system and the
manual input are selected in the menu.
LAT: 00:00.00N - When NAV data is input, the data is updated every 30 seconds.
LON: 000:00.00E - When the manual input is selected and the data is not updated for
more than 4 hours, position information flashes and the alarm is
released every 30 seconds.
5. Message window display
Message window
5.1) Message window area

Sending Distress Alert While the Distress alert is being sent
When the Distress acknowledgement from the LES is
Distress Acknowledgement Received
received after sending the Distress alert.
When sending the Distress message after setting
Distress Message Call Activated
Distress for Priority
When receiving Distress acknowledgment from LES
Distress Message Call
after setting Distress for Priority and receiving the
Acknowledged
Distress message
Distress buttons are under test.
Cancel the test mode if a real During the Distress Alert Button Test
distress alert needs to send.
8-6
8.1 Status monitor
6. CAUTION Window
Operation messages and error messages appear on the CAUTION Window. Operation
messages are omitted here.
CAUTION Window
6.1) Messages relevant to abnormality of equipment (TROUBLE)

TROUBLE: RFCON CPU ROM NG. RFCON CPU ROM NG
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU RAM NG RFCON CPU RAM NG
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU EEPROM NG EEPROM NG
6.2) Messages relevant to WARNING

WARNING: Memory Full for receive message Memory for received message is full.
WARNING: Cannot enter new DNID. Memory
Memory for DNIDs is full.
full for DNIDs
WARNING: Cannot enter new ENID. Memory
Memory for ENIDs is full.
full for ENIDs.
WARNING: Message received for DTE PORT. Transferring the received message to DTE
Please turn on DTE port equipment is disabled.
WARNING: Can not find NCS CC in preferred
Scanning the current ocean region failed.
region. Scanning all region is started.
WARNING: Cannot find NCS CC in all region.
Scanning all ocean regions failed.
Scanning is continued.
8-7
8.1 Status monitor
6.3) Messages relevant to information (INFO)

When releasing the Distress is confirmed by
pressing and holding down the Distress
INF: [DISTRESS] Button activated
button on the Terminal unit for three seconds
(ON).
When releasing the Distress is confirmed by
INF: Remote DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
pressing and holding down the IC305 (350)
activated
button for three seconds (ON).
The Distress button on the Terminal unit is
INF: [DISTRESS] Button works correctly
pressed (ON) during Distress Button Test.
The IC-305(350) button is pressed (ON)
INF: DISTRESS ALERT UNIT works correctly
during Distress Button Test.
INF: Distress Buttons enter into TEST MODE Entering into Test Mode
INF: Distress Buttons return to NORMAL Mode for exiting from Test Mode
MODE (entering Normal Mode)
INF: NCS has gone outage.
Restoration Mode
( RESTORATION Mode )
INF: You can select preferred LES by Network The specified LES can be selected on
Information Window Network Information Window.
INF: ENID ***** was entered by EGC message Downloading ENID
INF: ENID ***** was deleted by EGC message Deleting ENID
INF: DNID ***** was entered by Polling Downloading DNID
INF: DNID ***** was removed by Polling Deleting DNID
INF: Pre-set LES ID for DISTRESS ALERT is
Pre-set LES ID for Distress Alert is updated.
overriden by LES ***
INF: Logout request accepted. Please wait Logout is executed.
INF: Frequency Offset NG Frequency offset error
INF: SSAS UNIT works correctly.
SSAS UNIT is normal.
SSAS test message will be transmitted in
SSAS test message is transmitted after 30
30sec. Please turn off the SSAS button if the
seconds.
SSAS test message transfer is unnecessary.
6.4) Messages relevant to Ignored

Ignored: Undefined Command. Undefined command is used.
Ignored: Can not abort current process The current process cannot be aborted.
The current process cannot be forcibly
Ignored: Can not Forced Clear current process
cleared.
Ignored: Awaiting message transfer, Can not Waiting transmission of a message and PV
start PV TEST test cannot be started.
Ignored: PV TEST has been already started PV TEST has been already started, and the
and now pending test is now suspended.
Ignored: Sending Message not exist There is no message to transmit.
Ignored: Distress Request command not Receiving the Distress request command
received failed.
8-8
8.1 Status monitor
Ignored: Can not start Distress Alert Test now Distress Alert Test cannot be tested.
Ignored: MES is not idle MES busy
Ignored: Now receiving EGC message While receiving the EGC message
Ignored: MES is not Login. Please operate Login MES is not logged in.
Ignored: Current Network is restoration mode While the network is in Restoration Mode
Ignored: NCS Common Channel Failure NCS CC failed.
6.5) Messages relevant to Distress Alert

Distress Alert activated Transmission of Distress Alert was started.
Distress Alert not sent to LES, trying to use Transmission of Distress Alert to LES failed
NCS after starting transmission of Distress Alert.
Transmission of Distress Alert to LES failed
Distress Alert not sent to NCS. NCS scanning and transmission of Distress Alert to NCS
is started failed after starting transmission of Distress
Alert.
Transmission of Distress Alert to LES failed,
transmission of Distress Alert to NCS failed
Distress Alert not sent to NCS. Distress Alert
and transmission of Distress Alert to NCS in
abandoned, Please re-send Distress Alert.
other ocean region failed after starting
transmission of Distress Alert
Timeout! Distress Acknowledgement not
Receiving Distress acknowledgment failed.
received. Scanning NCS started automatically.
Timeout! Distress Alert not acknowledged. Receiving Distress acknowledgment failed
Distress Alert abandoned, Please re-send after sending Distress Alert.
Distress Alert Transmission was aborted.
Distress Alert aborted Transmission of Distress Alert was aborted.
Transmission of Distress Alert was
Distress Alert completed
completed.
DISTRESS ALERT interrupt accepted Interruption of Distress Alert was accepted.
Transmission of the Distress Alert test
Distress Alert Test completed
started.
Transmission of Distress Alert test was
Distress Alert Test aborted
aborted.
Distress Alert Test failed Transmission of the Distress Alert test failed.
Receiving the acknowledgement of the
Timeout! Distress Test not acknowledged
Distress Alert test failed.
MES Signaling Failure Distress Alert Test not
MES Signaling failure occurred.
sent.
Low-Power-C mode does not supply Distress Transmission of Distress Alert using MINI-C
Call was impossible.
Pre-set LES ID for DISTRESS ALERT is
The LES ID set for Distress Alert does not
invalid in this ocean. Please input preferred
exist in the ocean region.
LES ID in the menu
8-9
8.1 Status monitor
6.6) Messages relevant to Transmitting

Successful Sending message to LES Transmission of message was successful.
Sending message failed. Transmission of message failed.
Sending message aborted Transmission of message was aborted.
MES Signaling Failure, during sending
MES Signaling failure occurred.
message
Sending message aborted by LES because of Transmission of message was aborted by
xxx LES.
LES protocol error detected, Invalid
LES protocol error was detected.
Assignment.
Call rejected by LES because of xxx A call was rejected by LES.
Call pending by LES because of xxx A call was suspended by LES.
The destination LES does not exist in the
Selected LES not exist in current region
ocean region.
Awaiting message transfer While transmitting message
Message sending failure, unauthorized DNID Transmission of message failed and pair of
LES_ID pare DNID LES ID was invalid.
Successful Delivery Status Request Reception of delivery status was successful.
Delivery Status Request is failed Transmission of delivery status failed.
Delivery Status Request is aborted Transmission of delivery status was aborted.
MES Signaling Failure, Delivery Status MES Signaling failed and transmission of
Request not sent delivery status failed.
Timeout! LES response not received. There was no response from LES.
6.7) Messages relevant to Receiving

Successful Receiving message Receiving message was successful.
Receiving message failed Receiving message failed.
Receiving message aborted Receiving message was aborted.
MES Signalling Failure, during receiving message MES Signaling failure occurred.
Receiving message aborted by LES because of xxx Receiving message was aborted by LES.
6.8) Messages relevant to Data Reporting

Transmission of Poll acknowledgement was
Successful Poll Acknowledgement Sending
successful.
Poll Acknowledgement Sending failed Transmission of Poll acknowledgement failed.
Successful Data Report Sending Transmission of Data Report was successful.
Data Report aborted Transmission of Data Report was aborted.
Reserved access failure, trying unreserved access Reserved access failed.
Data Report failed, too long report. Transmission of Data Report failed.
Transmission of Data Report failed by using
Data Report failed, unauthorized DNID
invalid DNID.
8-10
8.1 Status monitor
Transmission of Data Report failed while not

Data Report failed, MES is not login
logged in.
MES Signaling Failure, Data Report failed MES Signaling failure occurred.
Transmission of Data Report failed by
Data Report failed, selected LES not exist in
selecting LES that does not exist in the
current region
current ocean region.
Transmission of Data Report failed due to
Data Report failed, TDM LOST
TDM LOST.
Data Report programming by Polling was
Successful Data Report Programming by Polling
successful.
Data Report Programming failure by Polling,
Data Report programming by Polling failed.
invalid parameters
Data Report Program has been initiated by Data Report programming by Polling was
Polling. initiated.
Data Report Program has been stopped by Data Report programming by Polling was
Polling stopped.
6.9) Messages relevant to PV Test

Starting PV Test Process. Automatic test mode:
Normal communication disabled. Do not press any PV test was initiated.
distress button unless you are in distress.
PV TEST is completed. PV test was completed.
PV TEST is failed PV test failed.
PV TEST is aborted PV test was aborted.
MES Signaling Failure, during PV TEST MES Signaling failure occurred.
Receiving Test Failure, Timeout while waiting on NCS CC Reception test failed.
Sending Test Failure, Too many retries Transmission test failed.
PV TEST is aborted by LES because of xxx PV test was aborted by LES.
PV TEST is pending by LES because of xxx PV test was suspended by LES.
PV TEST is rejected by LES because of xxx PV test was rejected by LES.
PV test was aborted by Restoration
PV TEST aborted because of RESTORATION mode
Mode.
Please activate Distress Alert TEST within 2 min. Distress Alert TEST
TIMEOUT!! Distress Alert Test is automatically
Distress Alert TEST
activated.
6.10) Messages relevant to Forced Clear

Successful Forced Clearing Forced Clear was completed.
Forced Clearing failed Forced Clear was failed.
Forced Clearing aborted Forced Clear was aborted.
Failure of MES Signaling:
MES Signaling Failure, Forced Clear not sent When Forced Clear Request for
sending a message is not transmitted.
Timeout! Clear not received Reception of Clear packet failed.
8-11
8.1 Status monitor
6.11) Messages relevant to Printer

Can't enter in Print Que Entry into print queue is impossible.
Print Que is Full. Print queue is full.
Entry into print queue is impossible
Disk full. Can't enter in Print Que
because the disk is full.
7. Alert Window
The message displayed on the Alert Window is output message via the ALR sentence in
the AMS unit.
Alert messages appear in the Alert pop-up, which is colored orange, one message per
pop-up When multiple alerts are generated together, the pop-up windows overlap one
another. To close a pop-up, press the [ESC] key.
Alert ウインドウ

Your station is not synchronized with
EGC Synchronization loss. selected EGC
channel.
Your station is not synchronized with
Synchronization loss.
selected NCS Common Channel
BBER (Bulletin Board Error Rate)
BBER over 80%.
exceeded 80%.
Invalied MES ID. MES ID is corrupted.
Please update current ship position. Position data is not current.
EEPROM ERROR. Problem with EEPROM.
8-12
8.1 Status monitor
ANT power voltage abnormality. Antenna power voltage out of ratings.

1st Local UNLOCK 1st local circuit is unlocked.
2nd Local UNLOCK 2nd local circuit is unlocked.
TX Carrier power level abnormality. Carrier power level too high or too low.
Distress Priority Message received. Distress message received.
Distress Priority EGC Message received. Distress EGC message received.
Urgent Priority EGC Message received. Urgent EGC message received.
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT Fault. Problem with Distress Alert Unit (IC-305)
ALARM UNIT connection abnormality. Problem with the Alarm Unit (IC-306).
SSAS UNIT connection abnormality. Problem with the SSAS Unit (IC-307).
Internal GPS UNIT failure. Problem with the internal GPS unit.
Problem with external position-fixing
External NAV equipment failure.
equipment.
Can't print. Printer not ready.(Offline/Paper Low) Cannot print.
Refernce） [Option] -> 0. Alert

The alert window displays the code no., date, time and contents of active alerts, in the
order generated. When the cause of an alert is resolved, the alert is removed from the
window. To display the window, press [Option] and [0. Alert].
Refer to page 4-35.
8-13
8.1 Status monitor
8.1.2 Items displayed on the Status monitor

Table 8.1.1 Items displayed on the Status monitor
Item Meaning
Date Current date
Time The time calculated from the frame number of NCS TDM.
Position data of own ship:
Position External GPS data, internal GPS data or manually input position data is
displayed.
Waypoint The destination position data from the external GPS system (WPL).
Course Heading (VTG)
Speed Ship speed (VTG)
Current NCS NCS of the currently receiving ocean region.
The currently used channel
Current Channel
(NCS common channel, MES message channel, etc.)
Current TDM TDM type (NCS common channel or LES TDM)
MES Status Operation status of MES: Busy, Idle
The receiving status of GPS is displayed.
Note) As for GPS, the GGA sentence is required in order to display the
following GPS information.
- CST (Cold Start) Calculates the positioning without the almanac data.
GPS Status - ACQ (Acquired) Acquires the almanac data.
- IMP (Impossible) Reception is not available.
- INT (Interrupted) Interruption occurs during GPS reception.
- ALM Receives the almanac data.
- 2D, 3D Positioning in two or three dimensions
The empty volume of the memory in the area for temporarily storing received
DCE memory messages in the flash memory for data at TERMCPU (for FELCOM 18) and
COMMCPU (for FELCOM 19). The capacity is 32 k bytes.
Bulletin Board Error Rate: The receiving error rate of the bulletin board of
BBER
TDM channel is displayed.
Carrier/Noise: "OK" appears when the quality of the received signal is
C/N
greater than 31dB.
The transmission level is checked. As for FELCOM 18, "OK" appears when
the transmission level is greater than 100 upon transmission and less than
Send Level 25 during reception. As for FELCOM 19, "OK" appears when the
transmission level is greater than 25 upon transmission and less than 25
during reception.
This is receiving IF AGC value and the display range is from 40 to 246. "OK"
Rx AGC Level appears if this value is greater than 60.
Reference) C/N: 31 -> 117: If C/N increases, the IF AGC value increases.
REF Offset Freq. "NG" appears if the Offset value of TCXO is greater than 150 Hz.
"OK" appears if both PLL circuits are normal when checking two PLL circuits
Synthe Local
(1st Lo and 2nd Lo) on the RF CON board.
Antenna Power "NG" appears when the voltage supplied to the Antenna unit is not within the
Supply specified range due to malfunction of the antenna cable, etc.
Control value of TXCO for the reference oscillator on the RF CON board is
TXCO Control
displayed.
Water
Water temperature (MTW) data is displayed.
Temperature
Direction: Direction of the tide (VDR) and Speed: Speed of the tide (VDR)
Water Current
are displayed.
Depth Depth of water (DBT) data is displayed.
8-14
8.1 Status monitor
Analysis of NG display
BBER (Bulletin Board Error Rate)
When the receiving error rate of the bulletin board , which is located at the top of
TDM channel is over 80%, the message, "WARNING: BBER over 80%. SCANNING
NCS start manually" appears.
BBER is calculated by decoding I and Q data on the TERMCPU (COMMCPU) board
and then using this data on CPU for calculating the BBER value.
When errors are detected in one frame, BBER is raised at one count per frame, and is
the addition of 100 frames.
If the BBER value exceeds 80%, FELCOM 19 starts receiving operation for NCS
SCAN.
As for FELCOM 18, receiving operation for NCS SCAN is not performed. Change the
ocean region manually.
As possible defective area, malfunction of the receiving circuit is expected.
- Antenna unit
- RF CON board
- TERMCPU (COMMCPU) board
- Antenna coaxial cable and coaxial connector
Note)
If BBER increases even though the C/N level is OK, mixing of noise and
interference from other device is suspected.
C/N
Even if the equipment is properly operating, "NG" appears when the receive signal is
weak.
The BPSK demodulated 2nd IF-I and -Q data are decoded at the TERMCPU
(COMMCPU) board, and this data is used for calculating the C/N value on the CPU.
When the C/N level of the receive signal is greater than 31 dB, "OK" appears.
Also, the C/N value is only used for judging OK and NG.
The followings are the parts which the error may be occurred;
- Antenna unit
- RF CON board
- TERMCPU (COMMCPU) board
- Antenna blocking
8-15
8.1 Status monitor
Send Level
The send level detects the power supply current supplied to the Antenna unit via the
Antenna coaxial cable when the voltage upon transmission is 28 V (27 V) and the
voltage upon reception is 7 V and displays the detected level.
TERMPWR (COMMPWR) board detects the send level. The detected level upon
transmission is "ANT TX" signal and the detected level upon reception is "ANT RX"
signal.
"OK" appears if the value is lower than "25" upon reception and the value is greater
than "FELCOM 18: 100/FELCOM 19: 25" upon transmission.
For example, 10 appears upon reception and FELCOM 18: 222 appears upon
transmission. When attempting to transmit while the Send Level is lower than the
specified value, the message "TROUBLE: Carrier power level." appears.
- Antenna unit
- RF CON board
- TERMPWR (COMMPWR) board
Antenna Power Supply

Voltage of TX28 (27) V/RX 7 V supplied to the Antenna unit via the Antenna coaxial
cable appears.
The TERMPWR (COMMPWR) board detects the voltage and the detection signal,
which is obtained by dividing the voltage is "Check V." When the voltage is out of the
ratings for transmitting and receiving, "NG" appears. Also, the message "TROUBLE:
ANT power voltage abnormality." is sent. Conditions for outputting the message are
the voltage for transmitting is out of the range "26 to 31 V" and the voltage for
receiving is out of the range "6 to 9 V."
- Antenna unit
- TERMPWR (COMMPWR) board
- Antenna coaxial cable and Coaxial connector
8-16
8.1 Status monitor
Rx AGC Level
As for AGC, IF AGC and RF AGC are input from the TERMCPU (COMMCPU)
board to the RF CON board. As for the RX AGC Level, the IF AGC level (40 to 245)
appears. RF AGC is not used.
"NG" appears when the level is less than 60.
For example, relation between the C/N value and RX AGC Level is as follows.
However, the Rx AGC Level differs slightly due to loss of the Antenna coaxial cable
even if the C/N value is the same.
AGC Level increases if the Antenna coaxial cable loss is small.
C/N 29dB 31 33 36 ANT Open
Rx AGC Level 100 105 117 123 40
- Antenna unit
- RF CON board
- Antenna coaxial cable and Coaxial connector
REF Offset Freq.

"NG" appears if the value is greater than 150 Hz.
If the PLL local frequency is shifted, the error rate increases without correcting the
frequency.
PLL control converts the receiving frequency from the satellite to base band on the
CPU in TERMCPU (COMMCPU), performs FFT analysis, and controls the TCXO to
make frequency/phase difference match the received modulation rate (ex; 1200 sps).
Output of TCXO (30.72 MHz) is the reference frequency of 1st Lo and 2nd Lo PLL
circuits. When this frequency is controlled, PLL output frequency changes. In this way,
the PLL output frequency is controlled to match the relation of frequency.
REF Offset Freq displays the offset value of TCXO. If the REF Offset Freq value is
"0," the relation between the receive frequency and PLL local frequency matches.
The followings are the parts which the error may be occurred:
- RF CON board
- TERMCPU (COMMCPU) board.
8-17
8.1 Status monitor
Synthe Local
Lock Detect signals of 1st Lo and 2nd Lo PLL circuits on the RF CON board are
monitored. If any of PLL circuits is unlocked, "NG" appears. Also, the message
"TROUBLE: Synthesizer UNLOCK." is output.
The followings are the parts which the error may be occurred:
- RF CON/CPU board
- TERMCPU (COMMCPU) board.
TCXO Control
Control status of the reference oscillator: TCXO (30.72 MHz) is displayed.
The value varies depending on TCXO variation and received frequency. The range is
from 818 to 4095.
Reference)
The control voltage setting for the reference oscillator (TCXO) is stored in
EEPROM and fine control (narrow search) is performed on the basis of the
previous setting at power-up.
However, if the NCS common channel cannot be received for one minute,
coarse control (wide search) and fine control (narrow search) are performed.
When [Option] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic is executed in Furuno service mode,
the TCXO Control value (coarse control value and fine control value) can be
checked.
TCXO Control on the Status screen displays the coarse control value.
8-18
8.2 [Option ] -> 8. Test
8.2 [Option] -> 8. Test

8.2.1 PV (Performance Verification) TEST
PV test is for checking performance of MES (FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19). The
message is exchanged between MES and LES.
PV Test is performed by [Option] -> 8.TEST -> 1.PV Test.
1. PV test sequence
1. Start the PV test.
2. The MES sends the request signal to NCS in order to perform the PV test.
3. When NCS receives the signal, the NCS returns the acknowledgement signal to MES.
4. The MES, upon receipt of acknowledgement from NCS, goes into pending state.
5. NCS selects an appropriate LES to perform the PV test.
6. The designated LES transmits a message to the MES.
7. Then, the MES transmits the message to the LES.
8. The Distress alert test starts and the MES automatically starts the Distress alert test
within two minutes.
9. When the distress alert test is finished, the results of the PV test are sent from LES to
finish the PV test.
2. Executing the PV test

Before starting the PV test, check the following.
Log in to the system? Is the message "Current Status" that appears the lower left of
the screen "IDLE?" Is "C/N" "OK?" Is Current Channel is “SYNC?”
Procedure)
1. Open [Options] -> 8.TEST -> 1.PV Test, select "Yes", and then press [Enter].
2. PV test is started.
The PV test progress can be checked on the "Current Status" display. Also, the
message appears on the screen.
1) When NCS replays, "PENDING" appears on Current Status.
2) When the test is automatically starts, "TESTING" appears on Current Status.
3) The message for the test is sent from LES to MES.
4) The message for the test is sent from MES to LES.
5) The Distress alert test sequence starts and the Distress alert test is started
automatically two minutes later.
6) The test result is received.
8-19
3. After finishing the test, "IDLE" appears on "Current Status."
4. Check the PV test result. Also, the result is automatically printed out.
3. Checking PV test result

Open [Option] -> 8.Test -> 2.PV Test Result, and then check the PV test result.
To print out the test result, press [P] key while holding down [Ctrl] key.
Result of “PV Test Result” can be stored. Perform “Export” by -> [Setup] ->
8.Configuretion -> 6.Export/Import -> Test. For details, refer to 8-42 pages.
8-20
Test Date & Time

The date and the time when the PV test is executed appear.
Attempts
The number of times PV test is tried after the last PV test was successful
appears.
BBER
When the error rate of Bulletin Board Error Rate is low, "Pass" appears. If the
error rate is high, "Fail" appears.
Shore to Ship Attempts

Number of announcements that MES responded to LES is displayed.
- First attempt, Second attempt, Third attempt, Third attempt failed
Ship to Shore Attempts

Number of requests that LES took the assignment from MES is displayed.
- First attempt, Second attempt, Third attempt, Third attempt failed
Distress Alert
When the distress alert test is OK, "Pass" appears.
- Pass : Not Applicable, Test OK, Nature of Distress: not Default,
Null Data, Automatically Activated
- Fail : No Response, Incorrect Protocol, Invalid Data Format
Signal Strength
When the signal strength of the signal from MES which is received by LES is
within the tolerance, "Pass" appears.
- Pass : Less than Std. Level, Greater than or equal to Std. Level,
Greater than Std level +3, +6, +10, +13, +16 dB
- Fail : No response, unreadable
Overall Result
When the PV test result is passed, "Pass" appears.
- Pass : Applicable tests pass
- Fail : Forward message transfer fail
Return message transfer fail
Signal unreadable, Signal level excessive
Distress alert test fail
Unspecified fail
8-21
8.2.2 Diagnostic Test

Diagnostic Test is performed by [Options] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test.
Contents of the result to be displayed vary depending on Normal mode and Furuno
service mode. In Furuno service mode, details of the program number an STATUS
information are added. To enter Furuno service mode,
[Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Command Screen.
Password: felcom18 (felcom19)
Result of “Diagnostic Test” can be stored. Perform “Export” by -> [Setup] ->
8.Configuretion -> 6.Export/Import -> Test. For details, refer to 8-43 pages.
Type; [Ctrl]+A, Z,
S, X, D, C
ÎDetail program
version appears.
Normal mode display
Detail program
version appears.
Display in Service mode
Display of STATUS is added.

The last five TROUBLES and
WARNINGS stored in the
SYSTEM LOG are displayed.
***** Access to “Diagnostic Test” directly; [F7] -> [Alt]+8 -> [Ctrl]+TEST
Terminate: [Esc] x 4 times
8-22
1. Diagnostic Test display area

Program Ver.
The detailed version appears in Furuno service mode. The following table shows the
version as of Oct, 2012. “PC TERMINAL Ver.” of FELCOM 18 and a “Rev.” are
displayed by the PC terminal side. All the following tables are displayed.
FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19
Program
Normal Mode Service Mode Normal Mode Service Mode
TERMCPU 1650247-01 1650247-01.xx 1650248-01 1650248-01.xx
1819
Rev 1819 2012.xx.xx
2012.xx.xx.xx
Boot no. 1650236-01.xx 1650238-01.xx
Starter no. 0550252-01.xx 0550252-01.xx
PC TERMINAL 1650240-01 1650240-01.04 1650241-01 1650241-01.xx
1819
Rev. 1819 2012.xx.xx
2012.xx.xx
ROM, RAM, EEPROM

This test is performed when the Diagnostic Test is carried out.
The R/W test result of memory on the TERMCPU (COMMCPU) board is displayed.
ROM RAM EEPROM

U7, U8(Flash): U5(SDRAM): UX20:
FELCOM 18
W25Q64CVSSIG MT46H8M16LFBF 25AA512_1
U8, U9(Flash): U10(SDRAM): U7:
FELCOM 19
W25Q64CVSSIG MT46H8M16LFBF 25AA512_1
GPS State
This test is performed when the Diagnostic Test is carried out.
Settings and GPS status of [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Nav Port are displayed.
When GPS data is input from the external GPS, the GGA sentence must be inputted
in order to display the state of GPS, such as INT and ACQ.
2. REMOTE BOX display area

When entering Furuno service Mode from [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Command
Window, the setting status of "1.Remote Box Setup" appears.
However, only "ON/OFF" setting appears for SSAS, and SSAS types, such as Standard,
Russian and USCG, do not appear.
8-23
3. MAIN STATE display area

Contents that are displayed are the same those appear in Status Monitor state.
BBER
This is the BBER value when the Diagnostic Test is performed.
C/N
This is the C/N value when the Diagnostic Test is performed.
Rx AGC Level
This is the Rx AGC Level when the Diagnostic Test is performed. The range is from
40 to 245.
REF offset Freq

This is the REF offset Freq value when the Diagnostic Test is performed.
Synth Local
Status of two PLL circuits of the RF CON board appears when the Diagnostic Test is
performed. Status of two PLL circuits are classified between "Local PLL and 2nd
PLL."
TCXO Control
The coarse control value (818 to 4095) and fine control value (0 to 4095) of TCXO
when the Diagnostic Test is performed are displayed.
TxRx data
Transmit/receive voltage and current detection level of "Antenna Power Supply" that
appear on the Status screen are displayed.
However, transmit voltage/current level and receive voltage/current level do not appear
at the same time. The displayed value is the actual display example.
-Tx Power Supply: FELCOM 18 -> 27.6V, FELCOM 19 -> 27.0V
-Tx current level: FELCOM 18 -> 215, FELCOM 19 -> 66
Transmit voltage and current detection level, that are used during
communication and recorded on the latest Sent Messages Log, are
displayed.
However, the above values are deleted when receiving the message
including EGC.
-Rx Power supply: FELCOM 18 -> 7.1V, FELCOM 19 -> 7.0V
-Rx current level: FELCOM 18 ->100, FELCOM 19 -> 105
Receive voltage and current detection level are displayed when reception,
which is recorded on the latest Received Message Log and EGC Messages,
is carried out.
However, the above values are deleted when receiving the message.
8-24
4. STATUS display area

The latest five Warning and Trouble events are displayed.
Five items are displayed and these items are not deleted even if the system is turned off.
See "Appendix 1. Event List" for contents to be displayed.
However, even if the sentence indicating the event may be different, the same event is
indicated if the event number is the same.
The event number consists of the following five digits:
"Category Number (one digit) + Type Number (one digit) + Event Message Number
(three digits)"
Category Number
1: Hardware 2: Navigation 3: System 4: Data Report
5: Distress Alert 6: Transmit 7: Receive 8: Mail 9: Print
Type Number
1: Information 2: Warning 3: Trouble
For example, in "32007 External NAV equipment failure," the category is classified
as "Warning" at "System," and contents of the event are "External NAV equipment
failure."
8-25
8.2.3 Distress Button Test (Distress/SSAS Button Test)

1. Distress Button Test
FELCOM 18
See page 4-11 for details.
This test is valid even if IC-305 is set to "OFF" at "Remote Box Setup" setting.
When entering Distress Button Test,
the unit is normal if the message "INF: Distress Buttons entered into TEST
MODE." appears,
and the message "INF: DISTRESS ALERT UNIT works correctly." appears
when the [Distress] button is pressed.
FELCOM 19
The “Distress Button Test” item if deleted from Test Menu.
2. SSAS Button Test

See page 4-28 for details.
This test cannot be performed unless the SSAS function is set to "ON" in "Remote Box
Setup" in Command Window and "SSAS Manager Mode" is entered.
FELCOM 18
The menu display changes from "4.Distress Button Test" to "4.Distress/SSAS
Button Test."
FELCOM 19
"SSAS Button Test" is added.
“SSAS button test” can be performed along with “Distress button test.”
When starting the “SSAS button test”,
the message "INF: Distress Buttons/SSAS entered into TEST MODE" appears,
and the SSAS unit is working properly if the message
"INF: SSAS UNIT works correctly." appears.
8-26
8.3 [Options] -> 9.Maintenance (checking Log)

Log can be checked in Maintenance menu. Only "1.Current Position Log" appears in
Normal mode.
When entering Furuno service mode, 2. System Log, 3. Term Operation Log, 4. Sent
Report Log, 5. Communication Log are added.
} These logs are added when

entering Service mode.
8.3.1 "1. Current Position Log"

The Position Log is recorded at power-on, and the Position Log is updated every
hour. A maximum of 100 positions are displayed and the log is not deleted even if the
unit is turned off.
8-27
Op. Time (sec)

This is the total number of seconds that the unit is kept ON.
Number of seconds to be displayed is in the range from 0 to 4294967295 seconds.
This value is reset to "0" by Clear EEPROM.
Date & Time

The detected date and time are displayed. These data are the ZDA>RMC sentence of
the internal GPS (ZDA) or external GPS.
Range (From No. / To No.)

This is the setting of display range of Log.
Total
The number of items in the log is displayed. The maximum number is 100 items.
[Ctrl] + [F]: Search

Keyword can be searched.
The following screen appears when [F] key is pressed while holding down [Ctrl] key.
Entering the keyword to be searched and executing Search Start jumps to the detected
line. However, "No." is excluded.
8-28
[Ctrl] + [E]: Export

Current Position Log can be stored.
The following [Save] screen appears when [E] key is pressed while holding down
[Ctrl] key.
The log is stored by selecting "A:¥ Drive" of the internal memory or "C:¥ Drive" of
SD card and then entering the file name.
As for PC terminal for FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19, operation for storing a file on
PC needs to be done.
Save
[A:¥ ]
-- Filename --------- Size ------------------- Date & Time ----
SD Card <DRIVE>
<No Files>
0 Files exist 25966864 bytes free
To View : SPACE Make Dir : INS Remove Dir : DEL
[Ctrl] + [P]: Print

Current Position Log can be printed out.
When [P] key is pressed while holding down [Ctrl] key, all Current Position Logs are
printed out.
When printing out the log after specifying the range to be printed out, press [Ctrl] +
[P] after specifying the range with "Range (From No. /To No.)" operation.
8-29
8.3.2 "2. System Log"

The log is recorded when an event occurs. The maximum number of items to be
displayed is 100.
See "Appendix -1 Event List " for contents of events.
Op. Time (sec)

Date & Time


Total

8-30

System Log can be stored.
[Ctrl] key.
Save
[A:¥ ]
SD Card <DRIVE>
<No Files>
[Ctrl] + [P]: Print

System Log can be printed out.
When [P] key is pressed while holding down [Ctrl] key, all System Logs are printed
out.
[P] after specifying the range with "Range (From No. /To No.) " operation.
8-31
8.3.3 "3. Term Operation Log"

Log for terminal operations is displayed. The maximum number of items to be
displayed is 1000.
FELCOM 18 PC terminal display
K/M
K indicates keyboard operation and M indicates mouse operation. As for M, X-Y
coordinates of the pointer (X: 347 and Y: 007) appear.
Key Code [Key]

The entered key code and names of keys, such as [ENTER] and [Esc], appear.
Action
Key operation status is displayed.
"Down" indicates Key Down and "Up" indicates Key Up. For example, when [Enter]
is operated, a pair of “Down” and “Up” is recorded.
WindowName
The title of the window on which operation is made is displayed.
Op. Time
8-32
Date & Time (UTC)


Total


Term Operation Log can be stored.
[Ctrl] key.
Save
[A:¥ ]
SD Card <DRIVE>
<No Files>
8-33
[Ctrl] + [P]: Print

Term Operation Log can be printed out.
When [P] key is pressed while holding down [Ctrl] key, all System Logs are printed
out.
[P] after specifying the range with "Range (From No. / To No.)" operation.
8.3.4 "4. Sent Report Log"

This is the log of Data Report sent by the Polling command and Data Report, which is
edited in [Report] menu and transmitted. However, Message Report is not recorded.
Also, logs of LRIT and VMS appear. However, as for VMS, this log appears if "false" is
set for "Hidden VMS" in the VMS setting file.
The maximum number of items to be displayed is 100.
DNID
The DNID used for Sent Report is displayed.
LES
The LES on which the message is processed is displayed.
8-34
Protocol
The protocol used in Report is displayed.
-DR (Data Report)
When a report is transmitted in [Report] -> 1.Data Report -> Usual Data
Report.
-EDR (Enhanced Data Report)
When a report is transmitted in [Report] -> 1.Data Report -> Enhanced Data
Report.
-PADR (Pre-Assigned Data Report)
When PADR is transmitted by using the Polling command.
-EPADR (Enhanced Pre-Assigned Data Report)
When a report is transmitted in [Report] ->3.Enhanced Pre-Assigned Data
Report (EPADR).
-POLL (Polling)
When a Data Report other than PADR is transmitted by using the Polling
command.
Reporting
Successful indicates success of Reporting and Failure indicates failure of Reporting.
Date & Time (UTC)

Transmitted date and time are displayed. These data are the ZDA>RMC sentence of

Total

Entering the keyword to be searched and executing Search Start makes the cursor
jump to the detected line. However, "No." is excluded.
8-35

Sent Report Log can be stored.
[Ctrl] key.
Save
[A:¥ ]
SD Card <DRIVE>
<No Files>
[Ctrl] + [P]: Print

Sent Report Log can be printed out.
When [P] key is pressed while holding down [Ctrl] key, all Sent Report Logs are
printed out.
[P] after specifying the range with "Range (From No. /To No.)" operation.
8-36
8.3.5 "5. Communication Log"

This is the log of transmitted and received messages, EGC reception, VMS and SSAS,
etc. The maximum number of items to be displayed is 100.
S/R
S: Send message
R: Received message
Cate
The service type is displayed.
Table 8.3.1 Cate list
Cate Remarks
MSG This is the Destination type defined in [Transmit] -> 1.Transmit Message.
EGC EGC reception
DR
EDR
While operating in VMS mode, these items do not appear if "Enable" is
PADR
set for "Hidden VMS" in the VMS setting file.
EPADR
POLL
SSAS This item appears while in SSAS Manager mode.
DR+VMS
EDR+VMS
This item appears if the Communication Log is opened by the VMS PC
PADR+VMS
terminal.
EPADR+VMS
PLL+VMS
8-37
Type
Communication type used for transmission is displayed.
TLX: TELEX, EML: E-Mail, FAX: Fax, SMS: SMS,
PSD: PSDN, X40: X400, DND: DNID, SPC: Special,
END: ENID
"--" is displayed for the received message.
Ch, Ch Num
The channel type is displayed.
MSG: Massage Channel, TDM: TDM Channel, SIG: Signaling Channel and their
channel numbers are displayed.
Data Report
Distress
Polling Status
Commission & Test Reqest
Registration
MES Status
MES Status Request
TDM Assignment
TDM Release Ack
Land Earth Station Network Coordination NCS Signalling Link

Interstation Signaling Channel
(LES) Station (NCS)
Acknowledgement
Data Confirmation
Announcement Response
Distress
Assignment Response
EGC
Clear
Polling Request Announcement
Data Reporting
MES Status Bulletin Board
NCS Common Channel
Distress Alert
MES Status Request Confirmation
Forced Clear
Acknowledgment TDM Release Distress Alert Ack
Assignment Request
Signaling Channel
Acknowledgement Request Test Results EGC

Request for Transfer Status
Request for Message Status Bulletin Board Log in Ack
Clear Log out Ack
Signaling Channel
Message Channel
Data Packets Network Update

Distress Alert Ack Poll
TDM Channel
Distress Test Request Request Status

Forced Clear
Logical Channel Assignment
Message Status Data Report
Request Status Distress Alert
Test Results Initiate Call
Log in Request
Log out Request
Message Status Request
Test Request
Network
Mobile Earth Station
(MES)
Fig. 8.3.1 INMARSAT C system configuretion
8-38
Pri
Priority sequence of communication is displayed.
-Nrm: Normal Message → Target: Message and EGC
Note)
This is the Destination type when Normal is set for Priority in
Message: [Transmit] -> 1.Transmit Message. For example, TELEX,
E-Mail and FAX, etc. are displayed.
-Dis: Distress Message → Target: Distress Message (TELEX) and EGC
-Urg: Urgency Message → Target: EGC
-Saf: Sefaty Message → Target: EGC
-***: → Target: Communications other than above
communications (Data Report)
LES
The LES ID on which the message is processed is displayed.
Size
The size (number of bytes) including message and header is displayed.
In the Inmarsat C, the number of bits is limited to 32768 bytes.
"-----" appears upon failure.
St
Result of transmission is displayed.
"S" indicates Success of transmission and "F" indicates that transmission failed. EGC
and received messages are left blank.
Date & Time (UTC)

Transmitted date and time are displayed. These data are the ZDA>RMC sentence of

Total
[Ctrl] + [P]: Print

Communication Log can be printed out.
When [P] key is pressed while holding down [Ctrl] key, all Communication Logs are
printed out.
[P] after specifying the range with "Range (From No. / To No.) " operation.
8-39
8.4 [Options] -> 7. LES Information

LES information of the ocean region is automatically downloaded from NCS at log-in,
and the information is reflected on [Options] -> 7.LES Information.
1. LES ID
LES number
2. Name
The registered LES name appears in [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 2.LES List. If the
name is not registered, the display is left blank.
3. Status
The display format for Status is B8 to B1. For example, if B8 is "1," Return link speed
is 600 sps.
Table 8.4.1 Status list
Bit No. Status Flag Meaning

1 600 sps
B8 Return link speed
0 300 sps
Operational or 1 Operational
B7
spare satellite operation 0 spare
1 In service
B6 LES Status
0 Out of service
1 clear
B5 LES Status
0 congested
1 Terrestrial links open
B4 Used only by land earth stations
0 Terrestrial links closed
B3-1 spare 0
8-40
4. Services
The service provided by LES is displayed.
LES service is displayed by the character when the bit is 1. If the bit is "0," the display
is left blank.
The display format for Status is 1B8 to 1B1 and 2B8 to 2B1.
However, 2B7 and 2B6 are omitted.
Table 8.4.2 LES Service
Bit No. Flag Meaning Display

1 Maritime distress alerting A
1B8
0 No Maritime distress alerting Not displayed
1 SafetyNET traffic S
1B7
0 No SafetyNET traffic Not displayed
1 Inmarsat-C traffic C
1B6
0 No Inmarsat-C traffic Not displayed
1 Store and Foward T
1B5
0 No Store and Foward Not displayed
1 Half duplex H
1B4
0 No Half duplex Not displayed
1 Full duplex D
1B2
0 No Full duplex Not displayed
1 Closed network N
1B2
0 No Closed network Not displayed
1 FleetNET traffic F
1B1
0 No FleetNET traffic Not displayed
1 Prefixed store and forward message supported P
2B8
0 Prefixed store and forward message not supported Not displayed
1 Land mobile alerting
2B7
0 No Land mobile alerting Not used in
1 Aero-C service supported this equipment.
2B6
0 Aero-C not service supported
1 ITA2 transmission supported I
2B5
0 ITA2 transmission not supported Not displayed
1 Data transmission supported B
2B4
0 Data transmission not supported Not displayed
1 Basic X.400 supported X
2B2
0 Basic X.400 not supported Not displayed
1 Enhanced X.400 supported E
2B2
0 Enhanced X.400 not supported Not displayed
1 Low power C MES supported L
2B1
0 Low power C MES not supported Not displayed
5. TDM ch.
TDM channel used by LES for transmitting is displayed.
8-41
8.5 Setting of DIP switches
8.5 Setting of DIP switches

TERMCPU (COMMCPU) has two DIP switches.
“OFF” needs to be set to all DIP switches and factory setting must be kept. If settings of
DIP switches are changed, DIP switches may not work properly.
Booting method, writing of MAC Address and debug mode are defined for these DIP
switches.
S2
S4
TERMCPU COMMCPU
TERMPWR (16P0282)
(16P0283B)
(16P0287B) COMMPWR
(16P0288)
S2 S3
FELCOM 18 FELCOM 19
8-42
8.6 Export/Import
8.6 Export/Import
The configured data and message can be stored, or stored data can be reflected on
equipment. Execute [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 6.Export/Import.
Note)
1) Importing and exporting SSAS data need to be carried out in SSAS Manager Mode.
2) Importing and exporting VMS data is carried out from VMS Terminal PC.
3) The file which Exported can be checked by [File] -> Open or using Text Editor.
However, binary data files, such as a Setting files and List files, cannot check
the contents.
Table 8.6.1 Contents to be exported
Items to be Checking
Contents to be exported File name
exported method
[Logs] -> 1. Sent Message
1. Sent Message ex; S012027.001 [File] -> Open
(a maximum of 50 items)
2. Received [Logs] -> 2. Received Message
ex; R012027.001 [File] -> Open
Message (a maximum of 50 items)
3. EGC [Logs] -> 3. EGC Message
ex; E0120627.001 [File] -> Open
Message (a maximum of 50 items)
[Setup] -> 8. Configuration ->
4. Station List STATION.DAT --
1. Station List
[Setup] -> 8. Configuration -> 2. LES
5. LES List LES.DAT --
List
6. E-Mail/SMS [Setup] -> 8. Configuration ->
EMAIL.DAT --
Service List 6. E-Mail/SMS Service List
[Options] -> 8. Test ->
2.PV Test Result
3.Diagnostic DIAGNOST.DAT
7. Test [File] -> Open
(a maximum of 5 items) PVTEST.DAT
Note) As for Diagnostic, results of
tests in Furuno service mode
and Normal mode are stored.
[Options] -> 9. Maintenance
1) Current Position Log
2) System Log
(a maximum of 100 items) 1) POSTION.DAT
3) Term Operation Log 2) SYSTEMLO.DAT
8. Maintenance (a maximum of 100 items) 3) OPERATION.DAT [File] -> Open
4) Sent Report Log 4) SENTREPO.DAT
(a maximum of 100 items) 5) COMMUNIC.DAT
5) Communication Log
Note) Only Current Position Log
is stored in Normal mode.
8-43
8.6 Export/Import
1) VMS settings
Note) VMS Settings need to be
exported in VMS Mode,
and VMS settings are
stored on PC instead of the
SD card.
2) SSAS Settings
Note) SSAS Settings need to be
exported in SSAS Manager
mode.
3) EGC Settings
VMS.DAT
[Setup] -> 4.EGC Setup
SSAS.DAT
4) Auto Mode Setting
EGC.DAT
9. Settings [Setup] -> 5.Auto Mode Setup --
NET.DAT
5) E-Mail Setting
DTE.DAT
[Setup] -> 6.E-Mail Setup
SYSTEM.DAT
6) Terminal Settings
[Setup] -> 3.Terminal
7) Editor Setting
[Setup] -> 2.Editor Setup
8) System Setting
[Setup] -> 1.System Setup
- MES Operation Mode
- NAV Port
-Message Output Port
- EGC Output Port
-Network Setup
8-44
8.6 Export/Import
Table 8.6.2 Contents to be imported
Items to be
Contents to be imported File name
imported
The Station List registered in [Setup] ->
Station List 8.Configuration -> 1.Station List is imported into STATION.DAT
The LES List registered in [Setup] ->
LES List 8.Configuration -> 2.LES List is imported into LES.DAT
The E-Mail/SMS Service List registered in
E-Mail/SMS [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 6.E-Mail/SMS
EMAIL.DAT
Service List Service List is imported into the Terminal
(Communication) unit.
The following items can be imported into the
Terminal (Communication) unit at once.
1) VMS Settings
Note) VMS Settings are imported from VMS
Terminal PC.
2) SSAS Settings
Note) SSAS Settings need to be imported in
SSAS Manager Mode.
3) EGC Settings
[Setup] -> 4.EGC Setup
VMS.DAT
4) Auto Mode Setting
SSAS.DAT
[Setup] -> 5.Auto Mode Setup
EGC.DAT
Settings 5) E-Mail Setting
NET.DAT
[Setup] -> 6.E-Mail Setup
SYSTEM.DAT
6) Terminal Settings
DET.DAT
[Setup] -> 3.Terminal
7) Editor Setting
[Setup] -> 2.Editor Setup
8) System Setting
[Setup] -> 1.System Setup
- MES Operation Mode
- NAV Port
- Message Output Port
- EGC Output Port
- Network Setup
Note)
1) When Settings data is imported, the system is automatically rebooted.
2) When importing VMS Settings data, data stored on the VMS PC terminal is
imported. In this case, the directory where VMS.DAT is stored needs to be
specified.
For example, if VMS.DAT is stored on desktop, the desktop where the folder to be
loaded exists needs to be selected.
If this selection is not correct, "Load Error!!!" appears.
8-45
8.6 Export/Import
1. Export
Procedure)
1. Open "Export to SD" from [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 6.Export/Import.
2. Select the item to be exported. For example, select “9.Settings” and then press
[Enter] key. Select SD Card and then press [Enter] key. The directory is changed to
C:¥ drive.
A drive: FELCOM 18 body memory

C drive: SD card
Reference)
Normally data is stored on the C drive of the SD card, but the data can be
stored on the A drive.
When saving multiple data, data can be organized by creating directory
and storing data in the directory.
3. When [Esc] key is pressed, the pop-up message [Update Yes/No] appears. Select
"Yes" and then press [Enter] key.
8-46
8.6 Export/Import
4. When the pop-up message [OK to Export? Yes/No] appears, select "Yes" and then
press [Enter] key.
5. The display returns to the Export screen.
6. Open the SD Card by selecting [File] -> Open, and then check that exported Setting
data is stored.
2. Creating directory and storing data

Procedure)
1. Open "Export to SD" from [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 6.Export/Import.
2. Select the item to be exported. For example, select “9.Settings” and then press
[Enter] key. Select SD Card and then press [Enter] key. The directory is changed to
C:¥ drive.
3. Press [Insert] key. Since the Make Directory screen, enter a directory name (for
example, setting), and then press [Enter] key.
8-47
8.6 Export/Import
4. The directory: setting is created.

Internal Memory: FELCOM 18 Flash memory
“.”: The currently selected directory is indicated.
“.. ”: Move to the directory located one level up.
5. Select the created directory: setting and then press [Esc] key.
When the pop-up message [Update Yes/No] appears, select "Yes" and then press
[Enter] key.
6. When the pop-up message [OK to Export? Yes/No] appears, select "Yes" and then
press [Enter] key.
7. The display returns to the Export screen.
8. Open the SD Card by selecting [File] -> Open, and then check that exported Setting
data is stored.
8-48
8.6 Export/Import
3. Import
Procedure)
1. Open "Import from SD" from [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 6.Export/Import.
2. When the item to be imported is selected and [Esc] key is pressed, the popup
message [Update Yes/No] appears. Select "Yes" and then press [Enter] key.
Note)
For example, if Settings are imported, EGC.DAT and DTE.DAT files stored in
the directory appears when "Settings" is opened. However, these files do not
need to be specified. Only the directory needs to be specified.
3. When the pop-up message [OK to Import? Yes/No] appears, select "Yes" and then
press [Enter] key.
4. The Import screen appears.
Reference)
1) If wrong data is selected and Import operation is performed, the pop-up message
"Load Error!!!" appears.
2) When setting data is imported, the pop-up message "Please reconnect after 5
seconds" appears and the system is "rebooted."
8-49
8.7 Clearing memory
8.7 Clearing memory

Enter Furuno service mode from [Setup] -> 1.System -> Command Window, and then
input the memory clear command.
Procedure)
JOB No.: furunoservice
Password: felcom18 (For FELCOM 18)
felcom19 (For FELCOM 19)
2. Type the clear command in JOB No.

clr intmem
Internal memory: A drive is initialized.
clr eeprom
All items excluding FWD ID, RTN ID and Serial No. are reset.
clr backup (For R&D command)
Other settings excluding the following items are reset.
- FWD ID/RTN ID/Serial No
- [EGC] -> EGC Network ID
- [Report] -> 1.Data Report, 4.Data Network ID, 5.SSAS Report
- [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> IMN, MES Operation Mode, Nav Port,
LAN Port, Message Output Port,
EGC Output Port
- [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Network Setup -> Network -> IP Address,
Subnet Mask, DHCP, Gateway
- [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Network Setup -> Mail Gateway ->SMTP
Enable IP Address, Send Limit Size
- [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> 4.EGC Setup,
- [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 3.EGC Channel List, 4.NCS Channel List
- Data Report Programming -> DR/EDR/EPADR
- VMS setting
3. When "clr backup" and "clr intmen" are executed, the message "Starting Reboot"
appears on the Command Window, and the message "Wait moment" appears when
"clr eeprom" is executed and then the system starts "rebooting."
8-50
8.8 Command operation

Do not disclose command operations.
Commands need to be entered in "Enter JOB No.:"
There are commands that cannot be accepted unless the system enters Furuno service
mode.
[ Main Menu ]
1. Remote Box Setup
Enter JOB No.: clr eeprom
Table 8.8.1 Command list
Command function Command

JOB No. furunoservice
This command is used to enter Furuno service Mode. felcom18
Password
felcom19
This command is used to enter SSAS Manager Mode. JOB No. ssas manager
SSAS is added to [Report] and SSAS Report cannot be
Password ship security alert
set.
This command is used to change the SSAS Password.
JOB No. ssas password
- Default password: Ship security alert
- Common Password: wasuremashita+IMN Password ship security alert
This command is used to finish the SSAS sequence. JOB No. terminate ssas alert
This command needs to be entered after entering
SSAS Manager Mode. Password N/A
This command is used to exit from SSAS Manager JOB No. quit
Mode and Service Mode. Password N/A
JOB No. quit service
This command is used to exit from Service Mode.
Password N/A
This command is used to exit from SSAS Manager JOB No. quit ssas
Mode. Password N/A
This command is used to set OFF for Urgent EGC JOB No. urgent alarm off
ALM. Password N/A
This command is used to set OFF for all ALM Buzzer JOB No. buzzer off
output from the body. Password N/A
This command is used to reset "off" setting of the above JOB No. buzzer on
ALM Buzzer to "on." Password N/A
Ch display JOB No. mon channel
When communication is established, transmit and
receive channels are displayed at the lower left of the Password N/A
Status Monitor screen.
8-51
This command is used to monitor external NMEA input JOB No. mon nmea
on the Command Window.
(This command is independent of the setting in [Setup] Password N/A
-> 1.System -> 3.Nav Port.)
This command is used to monitor internal GPS output JOB No. mon gps
data on the Command Window. Password N/A
This command is used to reset other settings excluding JOB No. clr eeprom
FWD/RTN ID to factory default setting.
The command is input after entering Furuno Service
Password N/A
Mode. If a command is accepted, the system is
rebooted.
This command is used to initialize internal memory: A JOB No. clr intmem
drive.
The command is input after entering Furuno service
Password N/A
mode. If a command is accepted, the system is
rebooted.
This command is used to display operation status of JOB No. sreport show
Stored Report.
The "sreport show" command needs to be entered after
Password N/A
entering Furuno service mode in order to display
operation status of Stored Report.
This command is used to display operation status of JOB No. show prog
Program Report.
The "show prog" command needs to be entered after
Password N/A
entering Furuno service mode in order to display
operation status of Program Report.
This command is used to display all stored LES MULTI JOB No. les multi tdm
TDM information. Password N/A
JOB No. fwd id
This command is used to display the FWD ID.
Password N/A
This command is used to display the EPADR program. JOB No. slcainfo
The command needs to be entered after entering
Password N/A
Furuno Service Mode.
This command is used to enable the Standard LRIT JOB No. lrit on
function. Password N/A
JOB No. lrit off
This command is used to disable the LRIT function.
Password N/A
This command is used to enable the Russia LRIT JOB No. lrit russia
function. Password N/A
This command is used to display the current LRIT JOB No. lrit mode
mode. Password N/A
8-52
8.9 Antenna unit Maintenance
8.9 Antenna unit Maintenance

Check the base of Antenna unit, it has not corroded, or paint has not separated.
Paint the portion, when the case of being rusty, and paint have separated.
Do not paint Antenna redome.
If it paints, sensitivity will be down. Moreover, there is a possibility that Antenna
redome may crack.
Do not paint
In case of corroded,
Apply Paint.
8-53
ChapterChapter
9. Q9. Q&& AA
Q1. Is it possible to cut the Antenna coaxial cable? 5-7

Since the “limiter”, which is the circuit protecting from excessive input level is built in
the ANT RF board, the Antenna coaxial cable can be cut.
Q2. Is there compatibility of Antenna unit between IC-118 and IC-119?

1-5, 5-4
Basically, there is no compatibility between Antenna units.
The Antenna unit (IC-119) of FELCOM 19 can be connected to FELCOM 18 as
measures for checking equipment. However, if the Antenna unit (IC-118) of FELCOM
18 is connected to FELCOM 19, the COMMPWR board of FELCOM 19 may break.
Q3. Is there any guideline for compatibility between Antennas? IM

When mounting two Antenna units, distance between Antennas needs to be greater than
1.5 m and difference in level between Antennas needs to be greater than 1 m. See IM
for using the Antenna of other equipment.
Q4. Are there cautions for replacing the board? Summary - 6

When replacing TERMCPU board and COMMCPU board, original EEPROM of these
boards need to be used. ID-related data, setting data, such as VMS and SSAS, and
system settings are stored on EEPROM.
The same action needs to be taken when replacing equipment.
Q5. Is there difference between FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19? 1-1

FELCOM 18 is Class-2 Inmarsat-C system for GMDSS ship, EIRP is 12 to 16 dBW.
FELCOM 19 is Class-2 Mini-C system for Non-GMDSS ship EIRP is 7 to 16 dBW.
Both equipment are compliant with SSAS, VMS and LRIT function.
Q6. Where can the program version are checked? 6-2

Open [Options] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test and execute "Diagnostic Test." As for
detail S/W Version, check the S/W Version in Furuno service mode.
Q7. The VMS PC Terminal program cannot be installed on PC. 7-1

PC terminal software and VMS PC terminal software cannot be installed on the same
PC. Delete the PC terminal software.
Q8. The program cannot be updated. 6-4

When updating the program by use of "Updater," the program file needs to be placed
under (root) the C drive of the PC. For example, the program may not be updated if the
program file is placed on desktop.
When updating the program by use of “upf18term.bat”, the program file can be placed
on any position.
Is Network set on PC? As for both FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19,
"172.31.16.2/255.255.0.0" is set for the Network address.
9-1
Chapter 9. Q & A
Q9. Connection between PC terminal and Terminal unit cannot be

established. 7-11
Is Network setting performed on PC? The IP Address of the Terminal unit is
172.31.16.0/16.
- Felcom 18: Is "ON" set to [Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> LAN Port?
- Felcom 19: Open [Setup] -> 3.Terminal and execute "Connection."
Q10. How to re-register IMN 4-3

IMN can be changed by typing "IMN" while pressing and holding down [Ctrl] and [Alt]
keys. The input IMN is reflected on the Status screen.
Q11. How to check transmission and reception Summary - 5

A message needs to be sent to the own ship. Or, the Loopback test needs to be
performed using "91."
Q12. How to set IC-305, IC-306 and IC-307 4-9, 4-10

Jumper setting needs to be made on each unit. Enter Furuno service mode by selecting
[Setup] -> 1.System Setup -> Command Window and then set "Remote Box Setup."
Q13. What are special operations? Summary - 3, 8-50

See Summary. How to enter Furuno service mode is important.
Command operations and VMS setting are special operations.
Q14. Is there any method to clear memory? 8-49

After entering Furuno service mode, memory clear commands, such as “clr eeprom”
and “clr intmem”, can be used on the Command Window.
FWD ID and RTN ID are not cleared even if any command is executed.
Q15. Is there any method to check whether SSAS is active?

As for FELCOM 15, the "dot" mark is displayed at the lower left of the Status window.
However, there is no display for FELCOM 18 and FELCOM 19.
Q16. Is Version display of S/W displayed as the Diagnostic Test result?

8-21
Execute the Diagnostic Test in Furuno Service Mode. Setting of REMOTE BOX,
STATUS and the latest System Log appear along with detailed S/W Version.
Q17. TX Power Supply and Current Level are not displayed on STATUS
display for the result of Diagnostic Test. Is this failure? 8-23
Transmit voltage and current level and receive voltage and current level do not appear at
the same time.
Transmit voltage and current level that are used during communication and recorded on
the latest Sent Messages Log are displayed.
However, the above values are deleted when receiving the message including EGC.
When a message is transmitted, the receive voltage and current level disappear and then
transmit voltage and current level appear.
9-2
Chapter 9. Q & A
Q18. Does the 5-digit number displayed

on the System Log have meaning? 8-24, AP.1
The number consists of "Category Number (one digit) + Type Number (one digit) +
Event Message Number (three digits)".
Q19. Where can the System Log be checked? 8-26

Enter Furuno service mode and then open [Option] -> 9.Maintenance. Only Current
Position Log appears if the system is not in Furuno service mode.
Q20. Is it possible to Export and Import SSAS setting? 8-42

SSAS setting cannot be exported or imported unless the system enters SSAS Manager
Mode.
Q21. Is there setting of DIP SW? 8-41

There are two DIP switches on TERMCPU (COMMCPU). All DIP switches need to be
set to “OFF”. Do not change the setting.
Q22. Is it possible to use a USB memory?

The USB port is dedicated for Keyboard. Therefore, USB memory cannot be used.
Q23. Where does the SSAS unit: IC-307 need to be installed?

The SSAS unit is installed at least two positions. Normally, the SSAS unit is installed at
the position where W/H and one more position. IC-307 needs to be installed at an
unnoticeable place, such as the back of the table.
Three SSAS units can be connected to Furuno SSAS system.
Q24. Why is the daisy chain connection used for connecting IC-307? 4-29
The daisy chain connection is used to detect error of the connection cable of IC-307.
If a cable error is detected, the error message "SSAS UNIT connection abnormality"
appears.
The [SSAS] port on the IC-318: Junction box and IC-307 (No.1, 2, 3) are connected in
such a manner that they are connected by using one cable.
Also, only for IC-307 at the end, JP-1 needs to be set to ON (jumper) and other IC-307
needs to be set to OFF (open).
For example, if ON is set to JP-1 on No.1 IC-307, cable wiring of No.2 and No.3
IC-307 are not checked.
Q25. Why is the number of units connected to IC-307 limited to three units?
Since IC-307 is connected in parallel, there is no limit.
However, if the Alert button is pressed on more than three units, photocouplers in
IC-307 cannot be fully driven; therefore the number of units is limited to three units.
9-3
Chapter 9. Q & A
Q26. Procedure for setting SSAS 4-17

1) Make jumper setting for IC-307.
2) Enter Furuno service mode and carry out Remote Box Setup. Type
"furunoservice"/"felcom18 (felcom19)" on Command Window in order to enter
Furuno service mode.
3) Enter SSAS Manager Mode and then set [Reports] -> 5.SSAS. Type "ssas
manager/ship security alert" on Command Window in order to enter SSAS Manager
Mode.
4) When setting is finished, execute “Distress/SSAS Button Test” in [Options] ->
8.Test.
5) Send the SSAS Test Message.
6) Type "quit" on Command Window to quit Furuno service mode and SSAS Manager
Mode.
Q27. What will happen if the system is turned ON

while SSAS button is set to ON? 4-28
- FELCOM 18: SSAS does not activate.
The error message "Please retune the SSAS button into OFF-SATE" appears. Set
the Alert button OFF.
- FELCOM 19:
The test message is sent 30 seconds after entering Test Mode.
The message to be displayed is
"SSAS test message will be transmitted in 30sec. Please turn off the SSAS button
if the SSAS test message transfer is unnecessary."
Q28. Since the password for entering SSAS Manager Mode is changed,
the system cannot enter this mode. 4-22
Enter the common password: wasuremashita+IMN.
For example, if IMN is 443212310, type "wasuremashita+443212310."
Q29. What are differences among Standard, USCG and Russia SSAS?
4-18
As for USGC SSAS, momentary switch is used for the Alert button. A ship of U.S.
registry must equip this type of SSAS.
Position data requested from Russia SSAS is "GL" at "GL: GLONASS" EXT.
Also, how to activate and stop SSAS vary depending on SSAS types.
Q30. How to set VMS 4-41

1) Connect Terminal unit (Communication unit) to VMS PC terminal.
2) Open [Reports] -> 0.VMS.
3) Enter Password: 123456789.
4) When the VMS Mode screen appears, set "ON" for VMS function, open "LOAD"
select the VMS file to be set, and then click "Apply."
9-4
Chapter 9. Q & A
Q31. How is LRIT set? 4-54

Basically, no setting is required. Reporting starts according to the programmed Polling
Command from the LES.
If LRIT ON Command: lrit on is entered in Command Window, LRIT is prioritized
over EGC reception. If FELCOM 18 is equipped for GMDSS type, do not set "LRIT
ON."
Q32. Is it possible to operate both LRIT and VMS? 4-55

Basically, both LRIT and VMS can be operated. As for VMS, the event is reported to
valid DNID when an event occurs. As for some VMS setting files, information, which is
irrelevant to LRIT, is also reported; therefore equipment for LRIT and equipment for
VMS need to be separated.
Q33. Is there any method to check operating status of Data Reporting?

4-56
Enter Furuno service mode from Command Window, type "Show prog." As for
reporting data by use of the EPADR protocol, type "slcainfo."
Schedule of the next report, etc. can be checked.
Q34. What is the difference between Data Report and

Message Report in [Reports] menu? 4-36
This is the difference of Data Report protocol. A user does not care the protocol, and all
items to be reported are NAV data.
Also, the service defined as Data Report is operated by use of Signaling Channel.
However, the Message Report uses the Message Channel, which is also used for normal
communications.
Q35. Is there any restriction on capacity of the SD card?

SD HC card can be also used.
As for the SD card having capacity of greater than 2G, the SD card needs to be
formatted at the Terminal unit. The SD card having the size greater than 2G can be used,
but capacity is limited to 2G.
Q36. Where can DNID are checked? 4-38

DNID can be checked in [Reports] -> 4.Data Network ID. If DNID is enabled, the
DNID where the "*" mark is provided at "Act" is enabled.
Q37. Is it possible to loop back the SSAS message? Summary - 5

Loop back operation is available. Set Special for Destination Type, and then enter the
code "91," which is looped back to Destination.
Q38. Can the result of Diagnostic Test be stored on the SD card? 8-42
Select [Setup] -> 8.Configuration -> 6.Export/Import -> Export to SD, and then select
"7. Test.".
9-5
Chapter 9. Q & A
Q39. The error message "EEPROM ERROR" appears. 3-3, 3-8

EEPROM may be broken. When ordering EEPROM, report the serial number.
Q40. Although IMN is set for FELCOM 18,

IMN does not appear on the PC terminal.
Since the IMN set for FELCOM 18 is not reflected on the PC terminal, IMN needs to be
set individually.
Q41. Can IC-315 and IC-318 on Junction Box use commonly?

IC-315 and IC-318 are the basically the same. #6 and 7 on IC-315 are equivalent to
RD-A and RD-B. As for IC-318, ALM-H and ALM-C are used. Since wiring between
15-pin D-sub and IC-315 or IC-318 is the same, IC-315 and IC-318 can be used.
Q42. Calculation of Frequency from Channel

The MES operates in the TX frequency, 1626.5 MHz to 1646.5 MHz/5 kHz step and the
RX frequency, 1537.0 MHz to 1544.2 MHz/5 kHz step.
Tx Frequency (MHz)=1626.5 + 0.0025(Xch－6000)
Tx: 6000 ch -> 1626.500MHz
Rx Frequency (MHz)=1530.0 + 0.0025(Xch－8000)
Rx: 8000 ch -> 1530.000MHz
9-6
If an event occurs, the message indicating the event appears on the Status screen.
The five-digit Event number consists of Category Number (one digit) + Type Number
(one digit) + Event messages Number (three digits).
Category
1: Hardware 2: Navigation 3: System 4: Data Report
5: Distress Alert 6: Transmit 7: Receive 8: Mail 9: Print
Type Number
1: Information 2: Warning 3: Trouble
In Furuno service mode, the Event messages that appear in the "STATUS" column in
[Options] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test are 2: Warning and 3: Trouble.
Therefore, the Event numbers “x2xxx” and “x3xxx” appear.
Also, the corresponding message in the following table appears in [Option] ->
9.Maintenance -> 2.System Log. The Message column (xxxx) in the following table
indicates the message that appears in the System Log.
Event
control Message Remarks
number
This message appears when initialization
11001 Power ON
is successful on start-up.
This message appears when an antenna
11002 Antenna Connected
is connected.
This message appears when a printer is
11003 Printer Connected
connected.
This message appears when Keyboard is
11004 USB1 Connected
connected.
- This message appears if Keyboard is
disconnected after succeeding
11005 USB1 Disconnected initialization on start-up.
- This message appears when the
Keyboard is disconnected.
This message appears when the SD card
11006 SD Entered
is inserted.
This message appears when the SD card
11007 SD Removed
is removed.
Junction Box Connected This message appears if ON is set to any
11008
(JB Connected) of IC-305, IC-306 and IC-307.
Junction Box Disconnected This message appears if ON is set to any
11009
(JB Disconnected) of IC-305, IC-306 and IC-307.
Communication with the Terminal unit
Junction Box Distress Button Connected
11010 (TD/RD) is restored while ON is set to
(JB Distress Button Connected)
IC-305 or IC-306.
Communication with the Terminal unit
Junction Box Distress Button Disconnected
11011 (TD/RD) is disconnected while ON is set
(JB Distress Button Disconnected)
to IC-305 or IC-306.
AP1-1
Communication (SSAS OUT/SSAS

Junction Box SSAS Button Connected CHECK) with the Terminal unit
11012
(JB SSAS Button Connected) (Communication unit) is restored while ON
is set to IC-307.
Communication (SSAS OUT/SSAS
Junction Box SSAS Button Disconnected CHECK) with the Terminal unit
11013
(JB SSAS Button Disconnected) (Communication unit) is disconnected
while ON is set to IC-307.
This message appears when EXT GPS
Junction Box NAV Port Connected
11014 data is input while EXT and AUTO are set
(JB NAV Port Connected)
for Nav Port.
This message appears when EXT GPS
Junction Box NAV Port Disconnected
11015 data is disconnected while EXT and AUTO
(JB NAV Port Disconnected)
are set for Nav Port.
11016 LAN Connected
11017 LAN Disconnected
11018 COM1 Connected
11019 COM1 Disconnected
- This event occurs when the printer is
13001 Printer Disconnected initialization on start-up.
- This event occurs when the printer is
disconnected.
- This event occurs when the antenna is
13002 Antenna Disconnected initialization on start-up.
- This event occurs when the antenna is
disconnected.
13003 Antenna Blocked
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU ROM NG.
13004 RFCON CPU ROM NG
(RFCON CPU ROM NG)
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU RAM NG.
13005 RFCON CPU RAM NG
(RFCON CPU RAM NG)
TROUBLE: RFCON CPU EEPROM NG.
13006 EEPROM NG
(RFCON CPU EEPROM NG)
TROUBLE: Synthesizer UNLOCK.
13007 The synthesizer circuit is unlocked.
(Synthesizer UNLOCK.)
TROUBLE: ANT power voltage abnormality.
13008 Abnormality of antenna voltage
(ANT power voltage abnormality)
TROUBLE: ALARM UNIT Fault.
13009 Disconnection of the Alarm unit (IC-306)
(ALARM UNIT Fault.)
TROUBLE: DISTRESS ALERT UNIT Fault. Disconnection of the Distress alert unit
13011
(DISTRESS ALERT UNIT Fault). (IC-305)
TROUBLE: SSAS UNIT connection abnormality.
13012 Disconnection of the SSAS unit
(SSAS UNIT connection abnormality)
TROUBLE: Carrier power level.
13013 Abnormality of Carrier power level
(Carrier power level)
AP1-2
TROUBLE: EEPROM ERROR

13014 EEPROM error
(EEPROM ERROR)
TROUBLE: Invalid MES ID, This equipment is
13015 defected. Please contact FURUNO. Invalid MES ID
(Invalid MES ID)
21001 GPS Core Data Unavailable
21002 GPS Core Data Available
21003 NAV Port Data Unavailable
21004 NAV Port Data Available
31001 Date/Time Updated
31002 UNSYNC
31003 SYNC
31004 retune
31005 Successful Forced Clearing. Completion of Forced Clear
31006 Forced Clearing failed. Failure of Forced Clear
31007 Forced Clearing aborted. Abortion of Forced Clear
MES Signaling Failure, Forced Clear not sent.
31008 Failure of MES Signaling
(Forced Clearing failed, signaling failure)
31009 Timeout! Clear not received. Failure of reception of Clear packet
Failure of connection from PC Terminal
31010 No route to host.
to F18/19
INF: [DISTRESS] Button switch activated. The Distress button on the Terminal
31011
(DISTRESS Button switch activated) becomes ON.
INF: DISTRESS ALERT UNIT switch
31014 activated. The IC-305 (-350) button becomes ON.
(DISTRESS UNIT switch activated)
INF: DISTRESS ALERT UNIT activation has
been canceled. Cancellation of activation of the IC305
31015
(DISTRESS UNIT activation has been (350) button
canceled)
INF: [DISTRESS] Button works correctly. The Distress button becomes ON during
31016
(DISTRESS Button works correctly) the Distress Button Test.
INF: DISTRESS ALERT UNIT works correctly. The IC-305(-350) button becomes ON
31018
(DISTRESS ALERT UNIT works correctly) during the Distress Button Test.
INF: Distress Buttons enter into TEST MODE.
31019 Transition to Test Mode
(Distress Buttons enter into TEST MODE)
INF: Distress Buttons return to NORMAL
Quitting Test Mode (transition to Normal
31020 MODE.
Mode)
(Distress Buttons return to NORMAL MODE)
INF: Please update current ship position.
31021 No position information is input.
(Please update current ship position)
AP1-3
INF: NCS has gone outage. ( RESTORATION

31022 Restoration Mode
Mode )
INF: You can select preferred LES by Network
The LES specified on “Network
31023 Information Window.
Information Window” can be selected.
(You can select preferred LES)
INF: Distress Priority Message received. Reception of the Distress Priority
31024
(Distress Priority Message received) message
INF: Urgent Priority EGC Message received. Reception of the Urgent Priority
31025
(Urgent Priority EGC Message received) message (EGC)
INF: Distress Priority EGC Message received. Reception of the Distress Priority
31026
(Distress Priority EGC Message received) message (EGC)
INF: ENID ***** was entered by EGC
31027 message. Downloading ENID
(ENID ***** was entered by EGC message)
INF: ENID ***** was deleted by EGC
31028 message. Deletion of ENID
(ENID ***** was deleted by EGC message)
INF: DNID ***** was entered by Polling.
31029 Downloading DNID
(DNID ***** was entered by Polling)
INF: DNID ***** was removed by Polling.
31030 Deletion of DNID
(DNID ***** was removed by Polling)
INF: Pre-set LES ID for DISTRESS ALERT is
The LES for preset Distress Alert is
31031 overridden by LES ***.
updated.
(Pre-set LES ID is overridden by LES ***)
INF: Logout request accepted. Please wait.
31032 Logout is executed.
(Logout request accepted. Please wait)
INF: Frequency Offset NG.
31033 Frequency offset abnormality
(Frequency Offset NG)
Ignored: Undefined Command.
31034 The undefined command is used.
(Undefined Command
Ignored: Can not abort current process. Aborting the current process is
31035
(Can not abort current process) impossible.
Ignored: Can not Forced Clear current
Forced termination of the current
31036 process.
process is impossible.
(Can not Forced Clear current process)
Ignored: Awaiting message transfer, Can not
PV test cannot be started while waiting
31037 start PV TEST.
to receive.
(Awaiting message transfer (PV Test))
Ignored: PV TEST has been already started,
Although PV test has started, the test is
31038 and now pending.
pending.
(PVT pending)
Ignored: Sending Message not exist.
31039 There is no message to send.
(Sending Message not exists)
Ignored: Distress Request command not
Failure of reception of the Distress
31040 received.
request command
(Distress Request not received)
Ignored: Can not start Distress Alert Test now. Starting the Distress Alert Test is
31041
(Can not start Distress Alert Test now) impossible.
AP1-4
Ignored: MES is not idle.

31042 MES busy
(MES is not idle)
Ignored: Now receiving EGC message.
31043 Receiving the EGC message
(Now receiving EGC message)
Ignored: MES is not Login. Please operate
31044 Login. MES is not logged in.
(MES is not Login. Please operate Login)
Ignored: Current Network is restoration mode.
31045 The Network is in Restoration Mode.
(Current Network is restoration mode)
Ignored: NCS Common Channel Failure.
31046 Failure of NCS CC
(NCS Common Channel Failure)
31047 Can’t deliver mail to server. Failure of transmission to Mail Server
Starting PV Test Process. Automatic test
mode: Normal communication disabled. Do
31048 not press any distress button unless you are in Activation of the PV test
distress."
(Starting PV Test Process)
31097 PV TEST is completed. Completion of the PV test
31098 PV TEST is failed. Failure of the PV test
31099 PV TEST is aborted. Cancellation of the PV test
31101 MES Signaling Failure, during PV TEST. Failure of MES Signaling
Receiving Test Failure, Timeout while waiting
31102 on NCS CC. Failure of the receiving test
(Receiving Test Failure)
Sending Test Failure, Too many retries.
31103 Failure of the sending test
(Sending Test Failure)
31104 PV TEST is aborted by LES Cancellation of the PV test by LES
31105 PV TEST is pending by LES Pending of the PV test by LES
31106 PV TEST is rejected by LES Rejection of the PV test by LES
PV TEST aborted because of RESTORATION
31107 mode. Abortion of PV Test in Restoration Mode
(PV TEST aborted for RESTORATION mode)
Please activate Distress Alert TEST within 2
31108 min. Distress Alert TEST
(Please activate Distress Alert TEST)
TIMEOUT!! Distress Alert Test is automatically
31109 activated. Distress Alert TEST
(Distress Test is automatically activated)
31110 Can’t delivery a mail to server. Failure of transmission to Mail Server
WARNING: Memory Full for receive message.
32001 Memory for received messages is full.
(Memory Full for receive message)
WARNING: Cannot enter new DNID.
32002 Memory full for DNIDs. Memory for DNID is full.
(Cannot enter new DNID)
WARNING: Cannot enter new ENID.
32003 Memory full for ENIDs Memory for ENID is full.
(Cannot enter new ENID)
AP1-5
WARNING: Message received for DTE1

Transferring the received message to
32004 PORT. Please turn on DTE port equipment.
DTE1 is unable.
(Message received for DTE1 PORT)
WARNING: Message received for DTE2
Transferring the received message to
32005 PORT. Please turn on DTE port equipment.
DTE2 is unable.
(Message received for DTE2 PORT)
WARNING: Internal GPS UNIT failure. Failure of Internal GPS (detection of
32006
(Internal GPS UNIT failure) internal GPS signal is lost.)
Failure of External Nav (detection of
WARNING: External NAV equipment failure.
32007 navigation data from external navigation
(External NAV equipment failure)
system is lost.)
WARNING: Synchronization loss. Please
Failure of synchronization (Sync) of
32008 change EGC channel.
EGC channel
(EGC Synchronization loss)
WARNING: Synchronization loss.
Failure of synchronization (Sync) of
32009 Please check the current ocean region.
NCS CC
(Synchronization loss)
WARNING: BBER over 80%. Scanning NCS
Error rate of BBER (Bulletin Board Error
32010 start manually.
Rate) is greater than 80%.
(BBER over 80%)
WARNING: Can not find NCS CC in preferred
Failure of scanning in the current ocean
32011 region. Scanning all region is started.
region
(Can not find NCS CC in preferred region)
WARNING: Cannot find NCS CC in all region.
32012 Scanning is continued. Failure of scanning in all regions
(Cannot find NCS CC in all region)
41111 Data Report Program Updated
41112 Received Poll Command
41113 Successful Data Report Sending. Success of transmission of Data Report
Failure of transmission of Data Report
41114 Data Report failed, unauthorized DNID.
due to use of invalid DNID
41115 Data Report failed, MES is not login.
due to non-logged-in state
Data Report failed, selected LES not exist in Failure of transmission of Data Report
41116 current region. due to selection of LES, which is not
(Data Report failed, no LES in OR) present in the current ocean region
41117 Data Report failed, TDM LOST.
due to TDM LOST
MES Signaling Failure, Data Report failed.
(DR failed, signaling failure)
Reserved access failure, trying unreserved
41119 access. Failure of reserved access
(Reserved access failure)
41120 Data Report aborted. Abortion of transmission of Data Report
41121 Data Report failed too long report. Failure of transmission of Data Report
Success of transmission of Poll
41122 Successful Poll Acknowledgement Sending.
Acknowledgment
Failure of transmission of Poll
41123 Poll Acknowledgement Sending failed.
Acknowledgment
AP1-6
Successful Data Report Programming by Polling. Success of Data Report program by

41124
(Successful DR Programming) Polling
Data Report Programming failure by Polling,
41125 invalid parameters. Failure of Data Report program by Polling
(DR Programming failure by Polling)
41126 Data Report Program has been initiated by Polling. Initiation of Data Report program by Polling
Data Report Program has been stopped by
41127 Stop of Data Report program by Polling
Polling.
Failure of transmission of Distress Alert
Distress Alert not sent to LES, trying to use NCS.
51001 after initiation of transmission of Distress
(Distress Alert not sent to LES)
Alert to LES
- Failure of transmission of Distress Alert
Distress Alert not sent to NCS. NCS scanning is after initiation of transmission of Distress
51002 started Alert to LES
(Distress Alert not sent to NCS) - Failure of transmission of Distress Alert
to NCS
after initiation of transmission of Distress
Distress Alert not sent to NCS. Distress Alert Alert to LES
51003 abandoned, Please re-send Distress Alert. - Failure of transmission of Distress Alert
(Distress Alert sig fail) to NCS
to NCS in other ocean region
Timeout! Distress Alert not acknowledged.
Failure of reception of Distress
Distress Alert abandoned, Please re-send
51004 Acknowledgement after transmitting the
Distress Alert.
Distress Alert. Abortion of transmission
(Distress Alert not acknowledged)
Acceptance of interruption of Distress
51005 DISTRESS ALERT interrupt accepted.
Alert
Timeout! Distress Test not acknowledged. Failure of reception of acknowledgment
51006
(Distress Test not acknowledged) for Distress Alert test
MES Signaling Failure, Distress Alert Test not
51007 sent. Failure of MES Signaling
(Distress Test failed, signaling failure)
Low-Power-C mode does not supply Distress Call. Transmission of Distress Alert using
51008
(LP-C mode does not supply Distress Call) MINI-C is impossible.
51080 Distress Alert activated. Activation of transmission of Distress Alert
Completion of transmission of Distress
51081 Distress Alert completed.
Alert
Activation of transmission of Distress Alert
51082 Distress Alert Test completed.
test
Abortion of transmission of Distress Alert
51083 Distress Alert Test aborted.
test
Failure of transmission of Distress Alert
51084 Distress Alert Test failed.
test
Timeout! Distress Acknowledgement not
Failure of reception of Distress
51091 received. Scanning NCS started automatically.
Acknowledgement
(Distress Acknowledgement not received)
51092 Distress Alert aborted. Abortion of transmission of Distress Alert
Pre-set LES ID for DISTRESS ALERT is invalid
in this ocean. Please input preferred LES ID in There is no LES ID set for Distress Alert in
51095
the menu. ocean region.
(Pre-set LES ID is invalid in this ocean)
AP1-7
Timeout! LES response not received.

61001 There is no response from LES.
(LES response not received)
61049 Successful Sending message to LES. Success of message transmission
61050 Sending message failed. Failure of message transmission
61051 Sending message aborted. Abortion of message transmission
61052 Sending message aborted by LES Abortion of message transmission by LES
LES protocol error detected, Invalid Assignment.
61053 Detection of LES protocol error
(LES protocol error detected)
61054 Call rejected by LES Rejection of call by LES
61055 Call pending by LES Pending of call by LES
There is no destination LES in the ocean
61056 Selected LES not exist in current region.
region.
MES Signaling Failure, during sending message.
(Sending message failed, signaling failure)
61058 Awaiting message transfer. While sending message
Message sending failure, unauthorized DNID
Failure of message transmission and
61059 LES_ID pares.
invalid DNID LES ID pair
(Message sends fail, unfaith DNID)
61060 Successful Delivery Status Request. Success of reception of delivery status
Failure of transmission of delivery status
61061 Delivery Status Request is failed.
request
Abortion of transmission of delivery status
61062 Delivery Status Request is aborted.
request
MES Signaling Failure, Delivery Status Request
Failure of MES Signaling and failure of
61063 not sent.
transmission of delivery status request
(Status request not sent, signaling failure)
71065 Successful Receiving message. Success of reception of message
71066 Receiving message failed. Failure of reception of message
71067 Receiving message aborted. Abortion of reception of message
MES Signaling Failure, during receiving
71068 message. Failure of MES Signaling
(Message Rx failed, signaling failure)
71069 Receiving message aborted by LES Abortion of reception of message by LES
81001 DHCP server not exists. There is no DHCP server.
Message for "waiting transmission" is full
81002 Sorry, system busy now.
in the system.
The currently selected LES does not exist
81003 Current LES out of service area.
in the current ocean region.
81004 No target address. Destination address is not set.
81005 Too many addresses. Excess of number of destinations
81006 Send message type mismatch. Message type error
81007 Send massage parameter mismatch. Address parameter error
Characters that cannot be used in the
81008 Illegal address. destination address/ domain name
abnormality
81009 Mail data abnormal. Mail header abnormality
Excess of the maximum transmission size
81010 Data size too large.
set for Send Limit Size at Mail Gateway
Transmission from PC on which
81011 Your address access denied.
transmission is disabled
91001 Can't enter in Print Que. Entry into the print queue is unable.
AP1-8
91002 Print Que is Full. Print queue is full.

91003 Can't print. PRINTER NOT READY. Printer is not connected.
91004 Can't print. Paper Low. Paper-out condition on the printer
Entry into the print queue is impossible
91005 Disk full. Can't enter in Print Que.
due to full disk.
AP1-9
AP2.1 FELCOM 18
AP2.1.1 GENERAL
1.1 Transmitting frequency 1626.5 to 1646.5 MHz
1.2 Receiving frequency 1537.0 to 1544.2 MHz
1.3 Channel interval 5 kHz
1.4 G/T Better than -23 dB/K (elevation angle 5°)
1.5 EIRP 12 to 16 dBW (elevation angle 5°)
1.6 Modulation BPSK
1.7 Modulation rate 600/1200 sps
1.8 Coding Convolution with coding rate 1/2 and
constraint length 7
1.9 Decoding Viterbi decoder
1.10 Nav data interface IEC61162-1 Ed.3/4, Internal GPS Board (option)
Input data sentences BWC, BWR, DBT, DTM, GGA, GLL, GNS, GSA,
MTW, RMA, RMB, RMC, VDO, VDR, VTG, WPL,
ZDA
1.11 EGC receiver Built in (EGC: Enhanced Group Call)
1.12 LRIT function Standard
AP2.1.2 ANTENNA UNIT

2.1 Antenna type Daisy loop antenna
2.2 Receiving gain 33 to 40 dB
2.3 Receiving NF 1.7 dB or less
2.4 Transmitting gain 28.5 to 42.5 dB
2.5 Polarization Right-hand circular polarization
2.6 Axial ratio Within 6 dB (5° to 90°)
2.7 VSWR 2.0 or less (50 ohm)
AP2.1.3 TERMINAL UNIT

3.1 Display 10.4” color TFT LCD, 800 x 600 dots (SVGA)
3.2 Brilliance 11 steps
3.3 Visible distance 0.7 m nominal
AP2-1
AP2.1.4 POWER SOURCE

4.1 Terminal unit 12-24 VDC: 8.0-4.0 A (Transmitting),
1.0-0.5 A (Receiving)
4.2 Printer (PP-510, option) 24 VDC: 1.5 A max.
4.3 AC/DC power supply unit
PR-240 (option) 100-115/200-230 VAC,
1 phase, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC from battery
AP2.1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

5.1 Ambient temperature
Exposed equipment -35°C to +55°C
(storage: -35°C to +70°C)
Protected equipment -15°C to +55°C
5.2 Relative humidity 95% or less at 40°C
5.3 Degree of protection
Antenna unit IP56
Terminal unit IP22 (Option)
Printer/Keyboard IPX0
Others IP22 (bulkhead mount)
5.4 Vibration IEC 60945 Ed.4
AP2.1.6 UNIT COLOR

6.1 Antenna unit Upper: N9.5, Lower: 2.5PB3.5/10
6.2 Terminal unit/Junction box N2.5
6.3 Others 2.5GY5/1.5
AP2-2
AP2.2 FELCOM 19
AP2.2.1 GENERAL
1.1 Transmitting frequency 1626.5 to 1646.5 MHz
1.2 Receiving frequency 1537.0 to 1544.2 MHz
1.3 Channel interval 5 kHz
1.4 G/T Better than -23.7 dB/K (elevation angle 5°)
1.5 EIRP 7 to 16 dBW (elevation angle 5°)
1.6 Modulation BPSK
1.7 Modulation rate 600/1200 sps
1.8 Coding Convolution with coding rate 1/2 and
constraint length 7
1.9 Decoding Viterbi decoder
1.10 Nav data interface IEC61162-1 Ed.3/4, Internal GPS Board
Input data sentences BWC, BWR, DBT, DTM, GGA, GLL, GNS, GSA,
MTW, RMA, RMB, RMC, VDO, VDR, VTG, WPL,
ZDA
AP2.2.2 ANTENNA UNIT

2.1 Antenna type Daisy loop antenna
2.2 Receiving gain 33 to 40 dB
2.3 Receiving NF 1.7 dB or less
2.4 Transmitting gain 26 to 40 dB
2.5 Polarization Right-hand circular polarization
2.6 Axial ratio Within 6 dB (5° to 90°)
2.7 VSWR 2.0 or less (50 ohm)
AP2.2.3 POWER SOURCE

3.1 Communication unit 12-24 VDC: 3.8-1.9 A (Transmitting),
0.8-0.4 A (Receiving)
3.2 AC/DC power supply unit
PR-240 (option) 100-115/200-230 VAC,
1 phase, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC from battery
AP2-3
AP2.2.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

4.1 Ambient temperature
Exposed equipment -35°C to +55°C (storage: -35°C to +70°C)
Protected equipment -15°C to +55°C
4.2 Relative humidity 95% at 40°C
4.3 Degree of protection
Antenna unit IP56
Communication unit IP22(tabletop/bulkhead mount)
Others IP22 (bulkhead mount)
4.4 Vibration Inmarsat SDM LPSES standard
AP2.2.5 UNIT COLOR

5.1 Antenna unit Upper: N9.5, Lower: 2.5PB3.5/10
5.2 Communication unit/Junction box N2.5
5.3 Others 2.5GY5/1.5
AP2-4
Only IC-305
DｶﾊﾞｰLｸﾐﾋﾝ
ｷｰｼｰﾄ
DISTRESS BUTTON COVER ASSY.
KEY SHEET
05-073-1111-0
(100-274-720-10) 16-018-4102-4
IC-305 (100-301-004-10)
16-018-5102-4
IC-306 (100-301-034-10)
ｹｰｽ(ｳｴ)
CASE(TOP) +ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｺﾈｼﾞ
16-018-4001-2 BINDING HEAD SCREW
IC-305 (100-300-922-10) M3X8 C2700Wﾎﾟﾘｼｰﾙ
16-018-5001-3 (000-163-651-10)
IC-306 (100-301-013-10)
AL
ｵﾝｱﾂﾖｸｾｲｼｰﾙ
VOLUME CONTROL SEAL
TI
+-ﾅﾍﾞｾﾑｽB
16-018-4008-1
WASHER HEAD SCREW *B*
(100-303-831-10)
M3X8 C2700W MBNI2
ｹｰﾌﾞﾙｵｻｴ(3) (000-163-190-10)
CABLE CLAMP(3)
EN
16-018-4006-1
(100-300-971-10)
ｹｰﾌﾞﾙｵｻｴ(2)
CABLE CLAMP(2)
D
16-018-4005-0 ※ DIST/RCV 1 PCB

(100-300-960-10)
FI
M4X12 C2700W MBNI2
(000-163-192-10)
N
ｹｰｽ(ｼﾀ)
※ CASE(BOTTOM)
O
ｹｰﾌﾞﾙｵｻｴ(1
CABLE CLAMP(1)
16-018-4004-0
(100-300-950-10)
C
組合せ互換表
※ Combination of DIST/RCV 1 PCB and CASE(BOTTOM)
DIST/RCV 1 PCB IC-305 IC-306
ｹｰｽ(ｼﾀ) 16P0213A(LF) 16P0213C(LF) 16P0213B(LF) 16P0213D(LF)
CASE(BOTTOM) (004-655-610-00) (001-062-600-00) (004-655-630-00) (001-062-630-00)
新 16-018-4002-2
NEW (100-300-932-10) ○ ○ ○ ○
旧
OLD
16-018-4002-1 ○ × ○ ×
MODEL FELCOM 15 FELCOM 18

RC-1800F/T RC-1800F2
APPROVED CHECKED DRAWN IC-305 遭難警報器
UNIT
DISTRESSALT/RECCALLUNIT
29 Nov.2012 28 Nov.2012 28 Nov.2012 IC-306 アラームユニット
ALARM UNIT
W.Katsube T.Yoshida A.Yabuta DWG.NO. C5635-E03-D
This confidential document is used only by FURUNO authorized persons. It is strictly prohibited to reproduce the document in whole or in part without prior written permission of FURUNO.
+ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｾﾑｽF
BINDER HEAD SCREW-F ｶﾊﾞｰ
M4X10 C2700W MBCR2 COVER
(000-163-543-10) 16-023-5516-2
(100-373-582-10)
ｱｰｽﾏｰｸ
EARTH LABEL
24-005-5013-1
(100-332-171-10)
ﾀﾝｼﾀﾞｲ
ﾊﾘﾏｰｸ(318) TERMINAL BOARD
LABEL(318) 264-321-15P
16-023-5512-1 (000-146-183-11)
(100-373-561-10)
AL
M4X20 C2700W MBNI2
(000-163-195-10)
TI
CABLE CLAMP(2)
16-018-6005-2 ｹｰﾌﾞﾙ(ｸﾐﾋﾝ)
(100-301-072-10) +-ﾅﾍﾞｾﾑｽB CABLE ASSEMBLY
EN
WASHER HEAD SCREW *B* 17JE-SPMCU-L2000
M4X8 C2700W MBNI2 (000-146-178-13)
ﾌﾞﾗｲﾝﾄﾞｺﾞﾑ
(000-163-200-10)
BLIND RUBBER
16-018-6004-2
(100-301-062-10)
CABLE FIXTURE (1)
D
16-023-5517-0
(100-373-590-10)
M4X10 C2700W MBNI2
FI
(000-163-191-10)
ｱｯﾁｬｸﾀﾝｼ
CRIMP-ON LUG
FV1.25-4(LF) RED
(000-166-666-10)
N
+ﾅﾍﾞｺﾈｼﾞ
PAN HEAD SCREW
ｹｰｽ M4X20 C2700W MBNI2
O
CASE (000-163-439-10)
16-023-5515-1
(100-373-571-10) ｿﾄﾊﾊﾂｷｻﾞｶﾞﾈ
EXTERNAL TOOTH LOCK WASHER
C
M4 C5191W MBNI2
ﾛｯｶｸﾅｯﾄ 1ｼｭ (000-168-312-10)
HEXAGONAL NUT 1 SYU
M4 C3604B MBNI2
(000-168-237-10)
ｺｳｻﾞｲ
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
ﾐｶﾞｷﾋﾗｻﾞｶﾞﾈ CP16-05101
FLAT WASHER +ﾄﾗｽﾀｯﾋﾟﾝﾈｼﾞ1ｼｭ
M4 C2680R MBNI2 ﾊﾞﾈｻﾞｶﾞﾈ SELF TAPPING SCREW
(000-168-235-10) 4X16 SUS304
4
SPRING WASHER
M4 C5191W MBNI2 (000-162-605-10)
(000-168-238-10)
ﾁｮｳﾅｯﾄ 2ｼｭ
WING NUT
M4 SWCH10R MFNI2 MODEL FELCOM18
(000-169-556-10)
FELCOM19
APPROVED CHECKED DRAWN UNIT IC-318 接続箱
21 Nov.2012 21 Nov.2012 29 Oct.2012 JUNCTION BOX
W.Katsube T.Yoshida A.Yabuta DWG.NO. C5674-E03-A
ﾄﾞｰﾑ
ANTENNA DOME
16-018-1001-3
(100-297-963-10)
ｱﾝﾃﾅｴﾚﾒﾝﾄ
ANTENNA ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
IC-118 (001-193-660-00)
IC-119 (001-193-670-00)
AL
ANTｹｰｽ ANT RFﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
ANTENNA RF MODULE IC-118 16P0285(LF)
IC-118 (001-193-680-00) IC-119 16P0286(LF)
TI
IC-119 (001-193-690-00)
ﾃﾐｯｼｭ
ﾄﾞｰﾑﾊﾟﾂｷﾝ TEMISH
EN
DOME GASKET S-NTF1033-K02-J
16-018-1102-0 (000-169-628-10)
(100-298-010-10)
ANTｹｰｽ
ANT CASE
D
16-023-2511-1
FI
ｱﾝﾃﾅﾀﾞｲ
ANTENNA BASE ASSEMBLY
ANTﾀﾞｲﾊﾟﾂｷﾝ
IC-115/116
GASKET
N
(004-439-620-00)
16-018-1204-0
ﾌｿﾞｸﾋﾝ
(100-302-120-10)
ACCESSORIES
ANTﾀﾞｲ
FP16-02501
ANTENNA STAND
O
16-018-1201-3 ｹﾐｼｰﾙ
+ｱﾌﾟｾｯﾄUIｾﾑｽB SILICON RUBBER
S-8400W ｱﾙﾐﾁｭｰﾌﾞ50G 1
UPSET UI SCREW-B
M5X10 SUS304 (000-158-483-10)
C
ﾈｼﾞﾖｳﾊﾟﾂｷﾝ (000-163-757-10) ｲﾗｯｸｽｽﾘｰﾌﾞ SCM2

GASKET INSULATION SLEEVE
16-018-1203-0 07-1220 ｸﾛ *40MM*
1
(100-298-100-10) ANTﾀﾞｲﾄﾒﾈｼﾞ
ANTENNA FIXING SCREW (000-165-300-10)
16-018-1202-0 ｺﾝﾍﾞｯｸｽ
(100-298-090-10) CABLE TIE
CV-450B
5
(000-173-169-10)
ｹｰﾌﾞﾙﾎｺﾞｻﾞｲ
ﾛｯｸﾅｯﾄｸﾐﾋﾝ CABLE PROTECTION MATERIAL
LOCK NUT ASSEMBLY 16-018-1251-1 1
CP16-05501 (100-298-111-10)
(001-192-280-00)
MODEL FELCOM18
FELCOM19
APPROVED CHECKED DRAWN UNIT IC-118/119 ｱﾝﾃﾅﾕﾆﾂﾄ
21 Nov.2012 21 Nov.2012 25 Oct.2012 ANTENNA UNIT
ｺﾈｸﾀ(ｸﾐﾋﾝ) ﾁｮｳﾅｯﾄ 2ｼｭ
CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY WING NUT
M4 SWCH10R MFNI2 N
J3 J7 (000-169-556-10) M4 C3604B MBNI2
SML2SC30-4X30ADP.5S4 SW (000-168-237-10) ﾌｿﾞｸﾋﾝ
(000-176-304-10) ACCESSORIES
+ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｾﾑｽF M4 C5191W MBNI2 FP16-02700
J4 J5 (P)COMM CPU BINDER HEAD SCREW-F (000-168-238-10) PW (000-021-833-00)
16P0282 M3X10 C2700W M4 C2680R MBNI2
16-199(4-5P) ｳｼﾛﾊﾟﾈﾙ
(001-179-940-00) (000-176-754-10) (000-168-235-10) ﾖﾋﾞﾋﾝ
BACK PANEL SPARE PARTS
J6 GPS ｹｲｺｸﾗﾍﾞﾙ(1) 16-023-4502-1 SP16-01401
(P)RF CON
16P0284B ROCKER
WARNING LABEL 1 (100-373-611-10) ﾋｭｰｽﾞ
(P)PWR
J5 J4 SWITCH 86-003-1011-3 GLASS TUBE FUSE
16P0288 J2 ｿﾄﾊﾊﾂｷｻﾞｶﾞﾈ
ｹｰｽ(ｳｴ) (100-236-233-10) FGBO-A 125V 5A PBF 1
16-197(10-10P) 16-200(ｽｲｯﾁ-3P) EXTERNAL TOOTH LOCK WASHER
(001-179-920-00) (001-193-920-00) (000-155-853-10)
CASE (UPPER) M4 C5191W MBNI2
J1 (P)PWR-C 16-023-4508-1 ﾋｭｰｽﾞ
J2 J3 (000-168-312-10) GLASS TUBE FUSE
16-198(4-4P)
(001-179-930-00)
16P0227B (100-373-671-10)
+ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｺﾈｼﾞ
L FGBO 125V 10A PBF
(000-155-826-10)
1
BINDING HEAD SCREW

M3X6 SWCH
ｺｳｻﾞｲ
(P)PWRｾｯﾄﾋﾝ
(000-176-673-10)
A +ﾅﾍﾞｺﾈｼﾞ INSTALLATION MATERIALS
PAN HEAD SCREW CP16-05301
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
IC-219 16P0288
PWR HICﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
ｼｷﾘｲﾀ
PARTITION PLATE
I M4X20 C2700W MBNI2 ｱｰｽﾊﾞﾝ
(001-194-110-00) 16P0290(LF) (000-163-439-10) COPPER STRAP
16-018-2016-2 05-003-0031-0 1
(001-193-720-00)
(100-297-942-10) (590-300-310-10)
PWR HICﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
T ﾊﾟﾈﾙﾊﾟｯｷﾝ
PANEL GASKET ｹｰﾌﾞﾙ(ｸﾐﾋﾝ)MJ
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (HIC) PWRﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ PWR-Cﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ CABLE ASSEMBLY
16-018-2015-2 MJ-A3SPF0016-035C
1
16P0222A(LF) 16P0288(LF) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
(100-297-892-10) (000-154-024-10)
(001-193-880-00) 16P0227B(LF)
N (001-193-900-00) ｺﾝﾍﾞｯｸｽ
CABLE TIE
PWR HICﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ CV-100N 3
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (HIC) (P)COMM CPUｸﾐﾋﾝ (000-162-167-10)
16P0291(LF)
(001-193-890-00)
E ｽﾍﾟｰｻ
COMM CPU PCB LESS ID-ROM/U7
IC-219
+ﾄﾗｽﾀｯﾋﾟﾝﾈｼﾞ
SELF TAPPING SCREW
2
+-ﾅﾍﾞｾﾑｽA 4X40 SUS304
SPACER (001-194-120-00)
(000-162-606-10)
ﾎｳﾈﾂｼｰﾄ WASHER HEAD SCREW *A*
SQ-14
M3X15 C2700W MBCR2 ﾋｭｰｽﾞ
HEAT SINK RUBBER (000-159-298-10) GLASS TUBE FUSE
16-018-2022-0 (000-163-159-10) 1
FGBO-A 125V 5A PBF
(100-297-910-10)
ID RF CONﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ (000-155-853-10)
ﾋｭｰｽﾞﾊﾘﾏｰｸ
PWR HICﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ 16P0284B(LF) FUSE LABEL
ｹｰｽ(ｼﾀ) 03-153-1312-0 1
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (HIC)
16P0220(LF)
F CASE (LOWER)
16-023-4509-1
(001-193-910-00) (100-292-140-10)
ﾏｸﾂｷｸﾞﾛﾒｯﾄ
(004-655-560-00)
(100-373-681-10) FETｵｻｴｺﾞﾑ GROMMET
MG-15 2
PWR HICﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ FET FIXING RUBBER (000-166-458-10)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (HIC)
16P0224(LF)
N FETｵｻｴｲﾀ
FET FIXING PLATE
16-018-2023-1
(100-297-921-10)
LANｶﾊﾞｰ
LAN COVER
(004-655-580-00) SW-PHｺﾈｸﾀ 16-023-4507-0 1
16-018-2021-1
SW-PH CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY (100-368-090-10)
(100-297-901-10)
16-200(ｽｲｯﾁ-3P)
(001-193-920-00) ﾏｴﾊﾟﾈﾙ
O
FRONT PANEL MODEL FELCOM19
ﾂｳｼﾝｾｲｷﾞﾖﾕﾆﾂﾄ (LESS ID-ROM) 16-023-4501-0
COMMUNICATION UNIT (100-368-060-10)
ﾊﾟﾈﾙﾊﾟｯｷﾝ
J (000-021-831-00)
C PANEL GASKET
16-018-2015-2
APPROVED CHECKED DRAWN UNIT IC-219 通信制御ﾕﾆｯﾄ
(100-297-892-10) 21 Nov.2012 21 Nov.2012 26 Oct.2012 COMMUNICATION UNIT
E (000-021-832-00)

ｺｳｻﾞｲｺｳｻﾞｲ
INSTALLATION MATERIALS INSTALLATION MATERIALS GPSﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄｶﾊﾞｰｸﾐﾋﾝﾌﾞﾗｲﾝﾄﾞｲﾀ +ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｾﾑｽF
CP16-05201 CP16-05202 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REAR COVER ASSEMBLY SCREEN PLATE BINDER HEAD SCREW-F
16P0246(LF) IC-218 16-023-3526-0 M3X8 C2700W MBCR2
ﾋｭｰｽﾞﾊﾘﾏｰｸﾌｧｽﾅｰ(3) (004-656-540-00) (001-193-960-00)
(000-163-538-10)
FUSE LABEL HOOK LOOP FASTERNER
03-153-1312-0
1 4
16-007-6814-0 ｲﾁｷﾞﾒｺﾞﾑ
(100-292-140-10) (100-237-670-10) ﾀ-ﾐﾅﾙﾕﾆﾂﾄ POSITIONING RUBBER ﾃﾞﾝｹﾞﾝﾊﾘﾏｰｸ218
TERMINAL UNIT (LESS ID-ROM) 16-023-3538-0 POWER LABEL 218
ｱｰｽﾊﾞﾝﾌｧｽﾅｰ(4) TERMPWRｸﾐﾋﾝ
COPPER STRAP HOOK LOOP FASTENER TERMPWR ASSEMBLY 16-023-3551-0
1 4 GPSﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
05-003-0031-0 16-007-6815-0 IC-218 ﾅｯﾄﾌﾞｻﾞｲ
PCB GPS
(590-300-310-10) (100-237-680-10) (001-193-980-00) NUT PARTS
IC-218-N 16-023-3539-0 ｹｲｺｸﾗﾍﾞﾙ(2)
LANｹｰﾌﾞﾙｻｻｴ
LAN CABLE SUPPORTING
ﾊﾘﾏｰｸ
LABEL (000-021-828-00) × WARNING LABEL(2)
1 1 03-129-1001-3
16-023-3532-0 16-023-3552-0 FETｵｻｴｺﾞﾑ
IC-218-N-G FET FIXING RUBBER
(100-369-610-10) (100-373-800-10)
(000-021-829-00) ○ 16-018-3204-0
LANﾖｳｽﾎﾟﾝｼﾞ PWR-Cﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ｶﾊﾞｰ
SPONGE FOR LAN ﾖﾋﾞﾋﾝ
16-023-3533-0 1 SPARE PARTS 16P0214A(LF) COVER
(001-193-710-00) 16-023-3546-0
(100-369-620-10) SP16-01301 FETｵｻｴｲﾀ
+ﾄﾗｽﾀｯﾋﾟﾝﾈｼﾞ1ｼｭﾋｭｰｽﾞ FET FIXING PLATE
SELF-TAPPING SCREW GLASS TUBE FUSE ｺﾈｸﾀｲﾀ 16-018-3203-2
AL
5X20 SUS304 4 FGBO 125V 15A PBF 1 CONNECTOR PLATE +ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｺﾈｼﾞ
(000-162-608-10) (000-155-827-10) 16-023-3523-0 BINDING HEAD SCREW
(100-369-580-10) PWR HICﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ M3X6 SWCH
ｺﾝﾍﾞｯｸｽﾋｭｰｽﾞｽﾍﾟｰｻ(2)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (000-176-673-10)
CABLE TIE GLASS TUBE FUSE SPACER (2) ﾎｳﾈﾂｼｰﾄ
2 1 RFｼｬｰｼ 16P0290(LF)
CV-150B FGBO 125V 7A PBF HSA-3025CDﾚｽ HEAT SINK RUBBER
RF CHASSIS (001-193-720-00)
(000-167-183-10) (000-155-831-10) (000-168-902-10) 16-018-3202-0
16-023-3522-0
TI
ﾋｭｰｽﾞ (100-369-570-10)
GLASS TUBE FUSE (P)TERMCPUｸﾐﾋﾝ
FGBO 125V 7A PBF 1
TERMCPU PCB LESS ID-ROM/U20 TERMPWRﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
(000-155-831-10) ｼｰﾙﾄﾞｲﾀﾎｳﾈﾂﾎｷｮｳｲﾀ
IC-218 ﾌﾞｼｭﾂﾖｳ 16P0287B(LF)
SHIELD PLATE REINFORCEMENT FOR HEAT SINK
(001-193-990-00)
16-018-3207-1
EN
ﾌｿﾞｸﾋﾝｼｬｰｼ 16-018-3103-3
CHASSIS (100-297-713-10) ﾎｳﾈﾂｲﾀ
ACCESSORIES HEAT SINK
FP16-02600 16-023-3521-0
(100-369-560-10) 16-018-3201-0
ﾐﾆｷｰﾎﾞｰﾄﾞ +ﾅﾍﾞｾﾑｽBK RF CONｸﾐﾋﾝ
KEYBOARD WASHER HEAD SCREW *BK* PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
1 +-ﾅﾍﾞｾﾑｽB
5139U M2X6 C2700W MBNI2 IC-218
(000-176-235-10) (000-163-512-10) (001-193-970-00)
SD USBﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ M3X15 C2700W MBNI2
D
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (000-163-185-10)
LCD 16P0289(LF)
ﾊﾟﾈﾙｸﾐﾋﾝﾊﾟﾈﾙﾊﾟﾂｷﾝ OT104ASDDLV-00 (001-193-730-00)
FRONT BEZEL WITH FILTER PANEL GASKET (000-176-234-10)
IC-218 ﾌｨﾙﾀｰ 16-018-3003-1 +ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｺﾈｼﾞ
FI
(001-193-950-00) FILTER (100-297-661-10) BINDING HEAD SCREW
16-018-3004-1 M3X6 SWCH
FURUNOﾛｺﾞH3 (P)SDﾄﾘﾂｹｲﾀ (000-176-673-10)
ﾊﾝｶﾞｰﾉﾌﾞｸﾐﾋﾝ
FURUNO STICKER H3 (P)SD FIXING PLATE BRACKET ASSEMBLY KNOB
19-028-1502-0 16-023-3514-0 IC-218-A/IB-585 DCU12
SD_USBﾊﾟﾈﾙｸﾐﾋﾝ
N (100-369-540-10)
SWﾌﾟﾘﾝﾄ
ﾗｲﾅｰ
LINER
(001-193-750-00) (001-026-450-00)
SD USB PANEL PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 03-112-1403-0

IC-218/IB-585 16P0294(LF) (100-159-490-10)
O
ﾗﾊﾞｰｷｰ (001-193-740-00) ﾊﾝｶﾞｰﾜｯｼｬｰ
(001-194-000-00)
RUBBER KEY BRACKET WASHER
SD_USBﾊﾟﾈﾙﾊﾟｯｷﾝ 16-018-3005-1 05-029-0132-1
SD_USB PANEL PACKING (100-297-681-10) (100-087-911-10)
16-023-3512-0 ｺﾈｸﾀ(ｸﾐﾋﾝ)
C
CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
(P)GPS
J2 J13 J1 16P0246 ﾊﾝｶﾞｰ
ﾊﾟﾈﾙ BRACKET
16-196(10-5,3,2P) ﾉﾌﾞ(N2.5)
PANEL LCD 51065-0700-PHR7-L110 16-023-3545-0
(001-179-810-00) J6 J5 KNOB(N2.5)
SD_USBﾊﾟﾈﾙ 16-023-3547-0 (000-176-305-10)
(P)SW J1 DF1920-W-L70 19-028-2073-1
SD_USB PANEL J7
16-023-3511-2 16P0294 (000-176-213-10) J6
+ﾊﾞｲﾝﾄﾞｺﾈｼﾞ J2
(P)SD USB (P)TERMCPU (P)RF CON
BINDING HEAD SCREW
16P0289 J1 J7 16P0283B 16P0284A
M2.5X6 SUSXM7 ﾌﾞｻﾞｰｼｰﾄ
(000-176-707-10) BUZZER SHEET SML2SC30-4X60ADP.5S4 J12 J3
16-023-3549-0 (P)TERMPWR (000-175-379-10)
PWｼｰﾄ SML2SC30-4X50ADP.5S4
16P0287B
PW SHEET J5 J11 (000-176-303-10)
ﾃﾞｨｽﾄﾚｽﾊﾞﾈ
ﾃﾞｨｽﾄﾚｽﾋﾟﾝ 16-023-3548-0 16-173(9-9P)
DISTRESS SPRING
05-085-1013-0 DISTRESS PIN (004-439-510-00) to DGPS MODEL FELCOM18
J4 J5 J7
05-085-1014-0
16-195(10-10P) H.FL-LP-BNC-BJ L60
ｼﾔﾌﾄﾎﾙﾀﾞｰ (001-179-800-00) (000-146-253-10)
ﾃﾞｲｽﾄﾚｽﾌﾀﾃﾞｨｽﾄﾚｽﾌﾀﾌｸﾛﾂﾞﾒ (P)PWR-C J1
SHAFT HOLDER
05-085-1012-3
DISTRESS LID DISTRESS KEY COVER (PACKED) 16P0214A J3 J2 APPROVED CHECKED DRAWN UNIT IC-218 ﾀ-ﾐﾅﾙﾕﾆﾂﾄ
05-085-1011-2 HG-8800
(005-378-320-00)
16-201(4-4P)
(001-185-110-00)
21 Nov.2012 21 Nov.2012 31 Oct.2012 TERMINAL UNIT

1 2 3 4 5 6
アラームユニット
1 VCC ALARM UNIT
P
2 GND IC-306
3 TD/RD-A *2
P
4 TD/RD-B
アンテナユニット GND
ANTENNA UNIT 5
IC-118
ターミナルユニット IC-350を接続するとき（IC-305との共用不可）
TERMINAL UNIT 接続箱遭難警報器
A
TNCP-NJ
TPA5FB0.4NJ5 12D-SFA-CV,100m,φ20: N-P-12DSFA IC-218 JUNCTION BOX DISTRESS ALERT/ *2 CONNECTION FOR IC-350 (DO NOT USE W/ IC-305)
FBA-5DFB,0.4m 8D-FB-CV,50m,φ14.3: N-P-8DFB JUNCTION 17JE-23150 RECEIVED CALL UNIT
IC-318
5D-FB-CV,30m,φ10.7: N-P-5DFB -02(D8C) 2m TTYCSLA-4(*1) OR CO-0.2x5P(*2) IC-305 IC-318
Vcc(ALM) 1 1 1 VCC 選択 TTYCSLA-1(*1) OR INMARSAT No.1/2
ANT P CO-0.2x2P(*2)
GND 2 2 2 GND SELECT 3 1 TR-A
TP5FBAW-5DFBB,30m,φ7.7 TD/RD-A 3 3 3 TD/RD-A 4 2 TR-B アラームユニット
TD/RD-B 4 4
P
4 TD/RD-B 3 FG ALARM UNIT
NC 5 5 TTYCSLA-1(*1) OR 5 GND IC-350
DGPS CO-0.2x2P(*2) アラームシステム
BNC ALM-H 6 6
DGPSデコーダー COAX. CABLE(50Ω) ALM-C 7 7 TTYCSLA-1(*1) OR ALARM SYSTEM
DGPS DECODER RD-A 8 8 CO-0.2x2P(*2) 航法装置保安警報発呼器
USB RD-B 9 9 NAV EQUIPMENT SSAS ALERT UNIT
A TYPE IC-307 *2 *3 *4 IC-307(No.2) IC-307(No.3)
GND 10 10
キーボード 1.5m 4
TTYCSLA-4(*1) OR CO-0.2x5P(*2)
SSAS_OUT-H 11 11 1 SSAS_OUT-H 1 *2 *3 *4 1 *2 *3
L
KEYBOARD
SSAS_OUT-C 12 12 2 NC 2 2
P P P
SSAS_CHECK 13 13 3 SSAS_CHECK 3 3
SSAS_IN-C 14 14 4 SSAS_IN-C 4 4
IA
17JE-23250 P P P
PRINTER SSAS_CTRL 15 15 5 SSAS_CTRL 5 5
RH12BPG-3S 57-3036 -02(D8C)
プリンタ 36 6 GND 6 6
VCTF-0.75x3C,5m,φ7 3
16S0184 25
24 VDC (+) ｱｶ RED PRINTER
(-) ｸﾛ BLK (16S0084) PP-510 *2 3m,φ8 *1
B GND ｼﾛ WHT または OR IV-2sq. 最大３台まで接続可能
H230817-1(*2) LAN RJ45 MAX. 3 UNITS AVAILABLE.
T
*1 *1 TTYCSLA-4(*1) OR
防水仕様ケーブル 8
STP(CAT5) パソコン/HUB CO-0.2x5P(*2)
WATERPROOF CABLE
12 VDC DC/DCコンバータ PC OR HUB 合計 :最大200m
DC/DC CONVERTER TOTAL: UP TO 200m
EN
15A(12V) DC IN
7A(24V) MJ-A3SPF
MJ-A3SPF0018-050Z
12-24VDC シロ WHT 1 DC+
5m,φ11
クロ BLK 2 DC-
3 GND
100-115/ *1
200-230 VAC DPYC-2.5
1φ,50/60Hz AC AC/DC 24VDC + 防水仕様ケーブル
ID
*1 IN 銅板接続箱
電源ﾕﾆｯﾄ OUT - COPPER STRAP IC-218 WATERPROOF CABLE
24 VDC DPYC-4 + DC AC/DC POWER JUNCTION BOX
W=30,1.2m *2
- IN SUPPLY UNIT JUNCTION XM-FD-361,2m IC-318
E PR-240 *2 1 アオ BLU 1
PE *1 2 チャ BRN 2
IV-2sq.
C
保護アース
NF 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ﾑﾗｻｷ PPL
ハイ GRY
ﾐﾄﾞﾘ GRN
キ
ﾀﾞｲ
モモ PNK
YEL
ORG
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CO
10 ｳｽﾐﾄﾞﾘ L-GRN 10
11 ｼﾛ/ｸﾛ WHT/BLK 11
12 ｼﾛ/ｱｶ WHT/RED 12
13 クロ BLK 13
14 アカ RED 14
15 ミズ L-BLU 15
D
注記
＊１）造船所手配。
＊２）オプション。
＊３）終端のIC-307はジャンパー設定を変更する。 DRAWN TITLE
＊４）SSAS仕様のとき標準構成。 28/May/2012 T.YAMASAKI FELCOM 18
CHECKED 名称
NOTE 28/May/2012 H.MAKI インマルサット-C 船舶地球局
*1: SHIPYARD SUPPLY. APPROVED
29/May/2012 Y.NISHIYAMA 相互結線図
*2: OPTION.
SCALE MASS NAME
*3: CHANGE SETTING OF JUMPER IN IC-307 TO TERMINATE. CO-0.2x2P: CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x2P,φ10.5 kg INMARSAT-C MES
*4: STANDARD CONFIGURATION FOR SSAS. CO-0.2x5P: CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x5P,φ13.5 DWG No. REF.No.
C5674-C01- C 16-023-3001-1 INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
This confidential document is used only by FURUNO authorized persons. It is strictly prohibited to reproduce the document in
whole or in part without prior written permission of FURUNO.
1 2 3 4
アンテナユニット
ANTENNA UNIT
IC-119 通信制御ユニット
TPA5FB0.4NJ5 COMMUNICATION UNIT 接続箱
FBA-5DFB,0.4m IC-219 JUNCTION BOX
JUNCTION 17JE-23150
12D-SFA-CV,100m,φ20: N-P-12DSFA IC-318 *2 *4
8D-FB-CV,50m,φ14.3: N-P-8DFB -02(D8C) 2m
Vcc(ALM) 1 1
TNCP-NJ
5D-FB-CV,30m,φ10.7: N-P-5DFB TTYCSLA-1(*1) OR
A ANT GND 2 2 航法装置
TD/RD-A 3 3 CO-0.2x2P(*2)
TP5FBAW-5DFBB,30m,φ7.7 NAV EQUIPMENT
TD/RD-B 4 4
NC 5 5 TTYCSLA-1(*1) OR
CO-0.2x2P(*2) アラームシステム
ALM-H 6 6 ALARM SYSTEM
ALM-C 7 7
RD-A 8 8 保安警報発呼器
RD-B
GND
SSAS_OUT-H
9
10
11
9
10
11
TTYCSLA-4(*1) OR
CO-0.2x5P(*2)
SSAS ALERT UNIT
IC-307 *2 *3 *4
L
1 SSAS_OUT-H
IC-307(No.2)
1 *2 *3 *4
IC-307(No.3)
1 *2 *3
SSAS_OUT-C 12 12 2 NC 2 2
SSAS_CHECK
SSAS_IN-C
SSAS_CTRL
13
14
15
13
14
15
P
P
I A
3 SSAS_CHECK
4 SSAS_IN-C
5 SSAS_CTRL
P
P
3
4
5
P
P
3
4
5
T 6 GND 6 6
*1
10A(12V) DC IN IV-2sq. 最大３台まで接続可能
5A(24V) MJ-A3SPF LAN MAX. 3 UNITS AVAILABLE.
MJ-A3SPF0016-035 RJ45 *1 TTYCSLA-4(*1) OR
12-24VDC シロ WHT 1 DC+ 8
3.5m STP(CAT5) パソコン/HUB CO-0.2x5P(*2)
B
クロ BLK 2
3
DC-
GND
N
PC OR HUB 合計 :最大200m
TOTAL: UP TO 200m
防水仕様ケーブル接続箱
IC-219 WATERPROOF CABLE
100-115/
1φ,50/60Hz *1
*1
200-230 VAC DPYC-2.5
AC
IN
AC/DC 24VDC +
電源ﾕﾆｯﾄ OUT -
銅板
COPPER STRAP
W=30,1.2m
E JUNCTION
1
*2
XM-FD-361,2m
アオ BLU
JUNCTION BOX
IC-318
1
24 VDC DPYC-4 + DC AC/DC POWER 2 チャ BRN 2
PE *1
- IN
E
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-240 *2
I D 3
4
5
ﾑﾗｻｷ PPL
ハイ GRY
3
4
5
IV-2sq. 6 ﾐﾄﾞﾘ GRN 6
保護アース
NF 7
8
9
10
キ
ﾀﾞｲ
モモ PNK
YEL
ORG
ｳｽﾐﾄﾞﾘ L-GRN
7
8
9
10
11 ｼﾛ/ｸﾛ WHT/BLK 11
12 ｼﾛ/ｱｶ WHT/RED 12
注記 13 クロ BLK 13
＊１）造船所手配。 O 14 アカ RED 14
＊２）オプション。 15 ミズ L-BLU 15
CO-0.2x2P: CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x2P,φ10.5
C ＊３）終端のIC-307はジャンパー設定を変更する。 CO-0.2x5P: CO-SPEVV-SB-C 0.2x5P,φ13.5
＊４）SSAS仕様のとき標準構成。 C DRAWN TITLE
NOTE 31/May/2012 T.YAMASAKI FELCOM 19
CHECKED 名称
*1: SHIPYARD SUPPLY. 31/May/2012 H.MAKI インマルサットMINI-C携帯移動地球局
*2: OPTION. APPROVED
31/May/2012 Y.NISHIYAMA 相互結線図
*3: CHANGE SETTING OF JUMPER IN IC-307 TO TERMINATE. SCALE MASS NAME
kg INMARSAT MINI-C MES
*4: STANDARD CONFIGURATION FOR SSAS. DWG.No. REF.No.
C5675-C01- D 16-023-4001-1 INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
L
IA
T
EN
ID
NF
CO

L
IA
T
EN
ID
NF
CO

FELCOM18-19-Services Manual PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

FELCOM18-19-Services Manual PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SERVICE MANUAL

MODEL FV-100 18, 19

CONFIDENTIAL for Internal Use Only

・FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer

All rights reserved. Printed in Japan A : DEC . 2012

URGENCY: At your earliest convenience and at installation, ②

Unit Software name Program number Folder name Methods for ⑤

IC-219 COMMCPU 1650248-01.05 FELCOM19_V01.05_R1905_S.zip LAN

CONFIDENTIAL (internal use only)

2. How to check the program number of FELCOM 18/19

1.3 Select [Options] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test.

2. In Diagnostic Test of Normal mode,

2.1 Select [F7:Option] -> 8.Test -> 3.Diagnostic Test.

CONFIDENTIAL (internal use only)

URGENCY: When symptom occurs and at installation, ②

Name Unit Code number FD

* This board is available from April 2013.

CONFIDENTIAL (internal use only)

Addenda No. 004 to FELCOM18_19 Service Manual Pub. No. SME-56740

FELCOM 18, FM-8900S, FS-1575/2575/5075, IF-8500

Factory modified sets

CONFIDENTIAL (internal use only)

IF-8500, How to Modify Hardware

Following describes the procedure to modify the hardware.

1 k-ohm resistors, added

Fig.1: 1 k-ohm resistors added

1 k-ohm resistors added,

Fig.2: Diagram of CPU Board

Put a short wire between #1 and #2 of J9

1.2 Handling of Alarm ····························································································1-6

Chapter 2. Menu Tree

2.2 Menu tree for FELCOM 18 terminal unit ··························································2-4

2.3 FELCOM 19 Menu Tree················································································· 2-19

Chapter 3. Parts Location

3.2 BDE: FELCOM 19 ···························································································3-7

3.3 ADE ··············································································································· 3-10

3.4 Other unit ·······································································································3-13

Chapter 4. System setup

4.2 FELCOM 18: Setting IC-305 and IC-306 ·························································4-9

4.3 FELCOM 18: Setting IC-350 ··········································································4-12

4.4 FELCOM 18, 19 External Alarm Setup ··························································4-15

4.5 FELCOM 18 and 19: Setting SSAS ······························································· 4-17

4.6 AMS ··············································································································· 4-35

4.7 Data Report ·····································································································4-43

Chapter 5. Block Description

5.2 ADE ·················································································································5-4

5.3 BDE ·················································································································5-8

1. Transmit circuit ···························································································5-8

Chapter 6. Updating program

6.2 Procedure for updating the program ································································6-4

7.2 Installing VMS PC terminal software································································7-6

7.3 Setting up PC terminal and VMS PC terminal ··············································· 7-11

8.2 [Option] -> 8. Test ·························································································· 8-19

8.3 [Options] -> 9.Maintenance (checking Log) ··················································· 8-27

8.4 [Options] -> 7. LES Information ·····································································8-40

8.5 Setting of DIP switches ·················································································· 8-42

8.6 Export/Import ·································································································8-43

8.7 Clearing memory ··························································································· 8-50

8.8 Command operation ······················································································ 8-51

8.9 Antenna unit Maintenance ············································································· 8-53

Q11. How to check transmission and reception ·····················································9-2

Q21. Is there setting of DIP SW?···········································································9-3